patch 8.2.0218: several Vim9 instructions are not tested

Problem:    Several Vim9 instructions are not tested.
Solution:   Add more tests.

.cirrus.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+env:
+  CIRRUS_CLONE_DEPTH: 3
+  FEATURES: huge
+
+freebsd_12_task:
+  freebsd_instance:
+    image: freebsd-12-1-release-amd64
+  install_script:
+    pkg install -y gettext
+  build_script:
+    - NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
+    - ./configure --with-features=${FEATURES}
+    - make -j${NPROC}
+    - src/vim --version
+  test_script:
+    # Runtime Indent tests do not work, run only the normal test suite
+    - cd src && make test

.gitattributes

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+src/testdir/test42.in diff

.gitignore

@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ src/auto/gui_gtk_gresources.h
 src/objects/.dirstamp
 src/objects
 src/tags
+src/types.vim
 
 # We do need src/auto/configure.
 src/auto/config.cache
@@ -50,6 +51,7 @@ nbproject/*
 
 # Mac OSX
 src/xxd/xxd.dSYM
+.DS_Store
 
 # All platforms
 *.rej
@@ -85,6 +87,7 @@ src/kword_test
 
 # Generated by "make install"
 runtime/doc/tags
+runtime/doc/doctags
 
 # Generated by "make shadow".  The directory names could be anything but we
 # restrict them to shadow (the default) or shadow-*

.hgignore

@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ src/auto/gui_gtk_gresources.h
 src/objects/.dirstamp
 src/objects
 src/tags
+src/types.vim
 
 # We do need src/auto/configure.
 src/auto/config.cache
@@ -86,6 +87,7 @@ src/kword_test
 
 # Generated by "make install"
 runtime/doc/tags
+runtime/doc/doctags
 
 # Generated by "make shadow".  The directory names could be anything but we
 # restrict them to shadow (the default) or shadow-*

.travis.yml

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ anchors:
     - &small
       BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
     - &normal
-      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT="-C src/shadow" SRCDIR=./src/shadow CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+      BUILD=yes TEST=test COVERAGE=no FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
     - &linux-huge
       BUILD=yes TEST="scripttests test_libvterm" COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
       "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp --enable-tclinterp'"
@@ -21,6 +21,8 @@ anchors:
     - &asan # ASAN build
       SANITIZER_CFLAGS="-g -O1 -DABORT_ON_INTERNAL_ERROR -DEXITFREE -fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer"
       ASAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=asan" LSAN_OPTIONS="suppressions=$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt"
+    - &shadowopt
+      SHADOWOPT="-C src/shadow" SRCDIR=./src/shadow
 
   linux: &linux
     os: linux
@@ -133,15 +135,14 @@ script:
     fi
   - echo -en "travis_fold:end:build\\r\\033[0K"
   - set +o errexit
-  - echo -e "\\033[33;1mTesting Vim\\033[0m" && echo -en "travis_fold:start:test\\r\\033[0K"
   # Show Vim version and also if_xx versions.
   - |
     if [[ "${BUILD}" = "yes" ]]; then
       "${SRCDIR}"/vim --version
-      "${SRCDIR}"/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S "${SRCDIR}"/testdir/if_ver-1.vim -c quit > /dev/null
-      "${SRCDIR}"/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S "${SRCDIR}"/testdir/if_ver-2.vim -c quit > /dev/null
-      cat if_ver.txt
+      "${SRCDIR}"/vim -u NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-1.vim -c quit
+      "${SRCDIR}"/vim -u NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-2.vim -c quit
     fi
+  - echo -e "\\033[33;1mTesting Vim\\033[0m" && echo -en "travis_fold:start:test\\r\\033[0K"
   - do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST} && FOLD_MARKER=travis_fold
   - echo -en "${FOLD_MARKER}:end:test\\r\\033[0K"
 
@@ -191,11 +192,15 @@ matrix:
     - <<: *linux
       name: normal/clang
       compiler: clang
-      env: *normal
+      env:
+        - *normal
+        - *shadowopt
     - <<: *linux
       name: normal/gcc
       compiler: gcc
-      env: *normal
+      env:
+        - *normal
+        - *shadowopt
     - <<: *linux
       name: huge+coverage/clang
       compiler: clang
@@ -225,5 +230,11 @@ matrix:
         - *linux-huge
         - TEST="-C src testgui"
       after_success: *coverage
+    - <<: *linux
+      name: vimtags/gcc
+      compiler: gcc
+      env:
+        - *normal
+        - TEST="-C runtime/doc vimtags VIMEXE=../../${SRCDIR}/vim"
 
 # vim:set sts=2 sw=2 tw=0 et:

CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -65,6 +65,9 @@ If the maintainer does not respond, contact the vim-dev maillist.
 
 # Translations
 
+Translations of this CONTRIBUTING file:
+[Korean](https://github.com/cjw1359/opensource/blob/master/Vim/CONTRIBUTING_ko.md)
+
 Translating messages and runtime files is very much appreciated!  These things
 can be translated:
 *   Messages in Vim, see [src/po/README.txt][1]

Filelist

@@ -4,13 +4,17 @@
 # source files for all source archives
 SRC_ALL =	\
 		.gitignore \
+		.gitattributes \
 		.hgignore \
 		.lgtm.yml \
 		.travis.yml \
+		.cirrus.yml \
 		appveyor.yml \
 		ci/appveyor.bat \
+		ci/if_ver*.vim \
 		src/Make_all.mak \
 		src/README.md \
+		src/README_VIM9.md \
 		src/alloc.h \
 		src/arabic.c \
 		src/arglist.c \
@@ -25,6 +29,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/change.c \
 		src/channel.c \
 		src/charset.c \
+		src/cindent.c \
 		src/cmdexpand.c \
 		src/cmdhist.c \
 		src/crypt.c \
@@ -129,6 +134,10 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/version.c \
 		src/version.h \
 		src/vim.h \
+		src/vim9.h \
+		src/vim9compile.c \
+		src/vim9execute.c \
+		src/vim9script.c \
 		src/viminfo.c \
 		src/winclip.c \
 		src/window.c \
@@ -174,7 +183,6 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/dumps/*.dump \
 		src/testdir/samples/*.txt \
 		src/testdir/samples/test000 \
-		src/testdir/if_ver*.vim \
 		src/testdir/color_ramp.vim \
 		src/testdir/silent.wav \
 		src/testdir/popupbounce.vim \
@@ -191,6 +199,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/change.pro \
 		src/proto/channel.pro \
 		src/proto/charset.pro \
+		src/proto/cindent.pro \
 		src/proto/cmdexpand.pro \
 		src/proto/cmdhist.pro \
 		src/proto/crypt.pro \
@@ -271,6 +280,9 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/usercmd.pro \
 		src/proto/userfunc.pro \
 		src/proto/version.pro \
+		src/proto/vim9compile.pro \
+		src/proto/vim9execute.pro \
+		src/proto/vim9script.pro \
 		src/proto/viminfo.pro \
 		src/proto/winclip.pro \
 		src/proto/window.pro \
@@ -281,9 +293,6 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/README \
 		src/libvterm/tbl2inc_c.pl \
 		src/libvterm/vterm.pc.in \
-		src/libvterm/bin/unterm.c \
-		src/libvterm/bin/vterm-ctrl.c \
-		src/libvterm/bin/vterm-dump.c \
 		src/libvterm/doc/URLs \
 		src/libvterm/doc/seqs.txt \
 		src/libvterm/include/vterm.h \
@@ -294,11 +303,11 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/src/encoding/uk.inc \
 		src/libvterm/src/encoding/uk.tbl \
 		src/libvterm/src/keyboard.c \
-		src/libvterm/src/termmouse.c \
+		src/libvterm/src/mouse.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/parser.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/pen.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/rect.h \
-		src/libvterm/src/termscreen.c \
+		src/libvterm/src/screen.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/state.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/unicode.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/utf8.h \
@@ -398,7 +407,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/gui_xmebwp.h \
 		src/gui_x11.c \
 		src/gui_x11_pm.h \
-		src/hangulin.c \
 		src/if_xcmdsrv.c \
 		src/link.sh \
 		src/installman.sh \
@@ -418,7 +426,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/proto/gui_motif.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_xmdlg.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_x11.pro \
-		src/proto/hangulin.pro \
 		src/proto/if_xcmdsrv.pro \
 		src/proto/os_unix.pro \
 		src/proto/pty.pro \
@@ -653,6 +660,7 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 RT_ALL =	\
 		README.txt \
 		README.md \
+		LICENSE \
 		CONTRIBUTING.md \
 		runtime/bugreport.vim \
 		runtime/doc/*.awk \
@@ -660,6 +668,7 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/doc/*.txt \
 		runtime/doc/Makefile \
 		runtime/doc/doctags.c \
+		runtime/doc/doctags.vim \
 		runtime/doc/test_urls.vim \
 		runtime/doc/vim.1 \
 		runtime/doc/evim.1 \

LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+VIM LICENSE
+
+I)  There are no restrictions on distributing unmodified copies of Vim except
+    that they must include this license text.  You can also distribute
+    unmodified parts of Vim, likewise unrestricted except that they must
+    include this license text.  You are also allowed to include executables
+    that you made from the unmodified Vim sources, plus your own usage
+    examples and Vim scripts.
+
+II) It is allowed to distribute a modified (or extended) version of Vim,
+    including executables and/or source code, when the following four
+    conditions are met:
+    1) This license text must be included unmodified.
+    2) The modified Vim must be distributed in one of the following five ways:
+       a) If you make changes to Vim yourself, you must clearly describe in
+          the distribution how to contact you.  When the maintainer asks you
+          (in any way) for a copy of the modified Vim you distributed, you
+          must make your changes, including source code, available to the
+          maintainer without fee.  The maintainer reserves the right to
+          include your changes in the official version of Vim.  What the
+          maintainer will do with your changes and under what license they
+          will be distributed is negotiable.  If there has been no negotiation
+          then this license, or a later version, also applies to your changes.
+          The current maintainer is Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>.  If this
+          changes it will be announced in appropriate places (most likely
+          vim.sf.net, www.vim.org and/or comp.editors). When it is completely
+          impossible to contact the maintainer, the obligation to send him
+          your changes ceases.  Once the maintainer has confirmed that he has
+          received your changes they will not have to be sent again.
+       b) If you have received a modified Vim that was distributed as
+          mentioned under a) you are allowed to further distribute it
+          unmodified, as mentioned at I).  If you make additional changes the
+          text under a) applies to those changes.
+       c) Provide all the changes, including source code, with every copy of
+          the modified Vim you distribute.  This may be done in the form of a
+          context diff.  You can choose what license to use for new code you
+          add.  The changes and their license must not restrict others from
+          making their own changes to the official version of Vim.
+       d) When you have a modified Vim which includes changes as mentioned
+          under c), you can distribute it without the source code for the
+          changes if the following three conditions are met:
+          - The license that applies to the changes permits you to distribute
+            the changes to the Vim maintainer without fee or restriction, and
+            permits the Vim maintainer to include the changes in the official
+            version of Vim without fee or restriction.
+          - You keep the changes for at least three years after last
+            distributing the corresponding modified Vim.  When the maintainer
+            or someone who you distributed the modified Vim to asks you (in
+            any way) for the changes within this period, you must make them
+            available to him.
+          - You clearly describe in the distribution how to contact you.  This
+            contact information must remain valid for at least three years
+            after last distributing the corresponding modified Vim, or as long
+            as possible.
+       e) When the GNU General Public License (GPL) applies to the changes,
+          you can distribute the modified Vim under the GNU GPL version 2 or
+          any later version.
+    3) A message must be added, at least in the output of the ":version"
+       command and in the intro screen, such that the user of the modified Vim
+       is able to see that it was modified.  When distributing as mentioned
+       under 2)e) adding the message is only required for as far as this does
+       not conflict with the license used for the changes.
+    4) The contact information as required under 2)a) and 2)d) must not be
+       removed or changed, except that the person himself can make
+       corrections.
+
+III) If you distribute a modified version of Vim, you are encouraged to use
+     the Vim license for your changes and make them available to the
+     maintainer, including the source code.  The preferred way to do this is
+     by e-mail or by uploading the files to a server and e-mailing the URL.
+     If the number of changes is small (e.g., a modified Makefile) e-mailing a
+     context diff will do.  The e-mail address to be used is
+     <maintainer@vim.org>
+
+IV)  It is not allowed to remove this license from the distribution of the Vim
+     sources, parts of it or from a modified version.  You may use this
+     license for previous Vim releases instead of the license that they came
+     with, at your option.

Makefile

@@ -85,19 +85,19 @@ indenttest:
 #    Before creating an archive first delete all backup files, *.orig, etc.
 
 MAJOR = 8
-MINOR = 1
+MINOR = 2
 
 # CHECKLIST for creating a new version:
 #
 # - Update Vim version number.  For a test version in: src/version.h,
 #   READMEdir/Contents, MAJOR/MINOR above, VIMMAJOR and VIMMINOR in
-#   src/Makefile, README.txt, README.md, READMEdir/README*.txt,
+#   src/Makefile, README.txt, README.md, src/README.md, READMEdir/README*.txt,
 #   runtime/doc/*.txt and make nsis/gvim_version.nsh.
 #   For a minor/major version: src/GvimExt/GvimExt.reg, src/vim.def,
 #   src/gvim.exe.mnf.
-# - Compile Vim with GTK, Perl, Python, Python3, TCL, Ruby, MZscheme, Lua (if
-#   you can make it all work), Cscope and "huge" features.  Exclude workshop
-#   and SNiFF.
+# - Compile Vim with GTK, Perl, Python, Python3, TCL, Ruby, Lua, Cscope and
+#   "huge" features.  Add MZscheme if you can make it work.
+#   Use "make reconfig" after selecting the configure arguments.
 # - With these features: "make proto" (requires cproto and Motif installed;
 #   ignore warnings for missing include files, fix problems for syntax errors).
 # - With these features: "make depend" (works best with gcc).
@@ -106,9 +106,6 @@ MINOR = 1
 # - If you have valgrind, enable it in src/testdir/Makefile and run "make
 #   test".  Enable EXITFREE, disable GUI, scheme and tcl to avoid false alarms.
 #   Check the valgrind output.
-# - If you have the efence library, enable it in "src/Makefile" and run "make
-#   test".  Disable Python and Ruby to avoid trouble with threads (efence is
-#   not threadsafe).
 # - Adjust the date and other info in src/version.h.
 # - Correct included_patches[] in src/version.c.
 # - Check for missing entries in runtime/makemenu.vim (with checkmenu script).
@@ -148,7 +145,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 # - > make dossrc
 #   > make dosrt
 #   Unpack dist/vim##rt.zip and dist/vim##src.zip on an MS-Windows PC.
-#   This creates the directory vim/vim81 and puts all files in there.
+#   This creates the directory vim/vim82 and puts all files in there.
 # Win32 console version build:
 # - See src/INSTALLpc.txt for installing the compiler and SDK.
 # - Set environment for Visual C++ 2015:
@@ -156,7 +153,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 #   > msvc2015.bat
 # - Build the console binary:
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak
-# - Run the tests and check the ouput:
+# - Run the tests and check the output:
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak testclean
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak test
 # - Rename (using ../tools/rename.bat):
@@ -206,7 +203,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 #   Note: VisVim needs to be build with MSVC 5, newer versions don't work.
 #   gvimext64.dll can be obtained from:
 #   https://github.com/vim/vim-win32-installer/releases
-#	It is part of gvim_8.0.*_x64.zip as vim/vim80/GvimExt/gvimext64.dll.
+#	It is part of gvim_8.2.*_x64.zip as vim/vim82/GvimExt/gvimext64.dll.
 # - Make sure there is a diff.exe two levels up (get it from a previous Vim
 #   version).  Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe there.
 # - go to ../nsis and do:

README.md

@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
 ![Vim Logo](https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/vimlogo.gif)
 
-[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim)
+[![Travis Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim)
 [![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim)
+[![Cirrus Build Status](https://api.cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim.svg)](https://cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim)
 [![Coverage Status](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim/coverage.svg?branch=master)](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim?branch=master)
 [![Coverity Scan](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/vim)
 [![Language Grade: C/C++](https://img.shields.io/lgtm/grade/cpp/g/vim/vim.svg?logo=lgtm&logoWidth=18)](https://lgtm.com/projects/g/vim/vim/context:cpp)
 [![Debian CI](https://badges.debian.net/badges/debian/testing/vim/version.svg)](https://buildd.debian.org/vim)
 [![Packages](https://repology.org/badge/tiny-repos/vim.svg)](https://repology.org/metapackage/vim)
+For translations of this README see the end.
 
 
 ## What is Vim? ##
@@ -24,11 +26,12 @@ All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
 with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
 mapped to commands by the user, and the mouse can be used.
 
-Vim runs under MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh, VMS and
-almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very
-difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga
-DOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
+Vim runs under MS-Windows (XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), macOS, VMS and almost all
+flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very difficult.
+Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000, Amiga DOS,
+Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
 
+For Vim9 script see [README_VIM9](README_VIM9.md).
 
 ## Distribution ##
 
@@ -140,4 +143,9 @@ Send any other comments, patches, flowers and suggestions to:
 	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 
 
-This is `README.md` for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+This is `README.md` for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+
+
+## Translations of this README ##
+
+[Korean](https://github.com/cjw1359/opensource/blob/master/Vim/README_ko.md)

README.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 
 WHAT IS VIM?
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@ All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
 with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
 mapped to commands by the user, and the mouse can be used.
 
-Vim runs under MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh, VMS and
-almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very
-difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga
-DOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
+Vim runs under MS-Windows (XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), macOS, VMS and almost all
+flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very difficult.
+Older versions of Vim run on MS-DOS, MS-Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000, Amiga DOS,
+Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
 
 
 DISTRIBUTION

README_VIM9.md

@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+![Vim Logo](https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/vimlogo.gif)
+
+# What is Vim9?
+
+This is an experimental side of [Vim](https://github.com/vim/vim).
+It explores ways of making Vim script faster and better.
+
+WARNING: The Vim9 script features are in the early stages of development,
+anything can break!
+
+# Why Vim9?
+
+## 1. FASTER VIM SCRIPT
+
+The third item on the poll results of 2018, after popup windows and text
+properties, is faster Vim script.  So how do we do that?
+
+I have been throwing some ideas around, and soon came to the conclusion
+that the current way functions are called and executed, with
+dictionaries for the arguments and local variables, is never going to be
+very fast.  We're lucky if we can make it twice as fast.  The overhead
+of a function call and executing every line is just too high.
+
+So what then?  We can only make something fast by having a new way of
+defining a function, with similar but different properties of the old
+way:
+* Arguments are only available by name, not through the a: dictionary or
+  the a:000 list.
+* Local variables are not available in an l: dictionary.
+* A few more things that slow us down, such as exception handling details.
+
+I Implemented a "proof of concept" and measured the time to run a simple
+for loop with an addition (Justin used this example in his presentation,
+full code is below):
+
+``` vim
+  let sum = 0
+  for i in range(1, 2999999)
+    let sum += i
+  endfor
+```
+
+| how     | time in sec |
+| --------| -------- |
+| Vim old | 5.018541 |
+| Python  | 0.369598 |
+| Lua     | 0.078817 |
+| Vim new | 0.073595 |
+
+That looks very promising!  It's just one example, but it shows how much
+we can gain, and also that Vim script can be faster than builtin
+interfaces.
+
+In practice the script would not do something useless as counting but change
+the text.  For example, re-indent all the lines:
+
+``` vim
+  let totallen = 0
+  for i in range(1, 100000)
+    call setline(i, '    ' .. getline(i))
+    let totallen += len(getline(i))
+  endfor
+```
+
+| how     | time in sec |
+| --------| -------- |
+| Vim old | 0.853752 |
+| Python  | 0.304584 |
+| Lua     | 0.286573 |
+| Vim new | 0.190276 |
+
+The differences are smaller, but Vim 9 script is clearly the fastest.
+
+How does Vim9 script work?  The function is first compiled into a sequence of
+instructions.  Each instruction has one or two parameters and a stack is
+used to store intermediate results.  Local variables are also on the
+stack, space is reserved during compilation.  This is a fairly normal
+way of compilation into an intermediate format, specialized for Vim,
+e.g. each stack item is a typeval_T.  And one of the instructions is
+"execute Ex command", for commands that are not compiled.
+
+
+## 2. PHASING OUT INTERFACES
+
+Attempts have been made to implement functionality with built-in script
+languages such as Python, Perl, Lua, Tcl and Ruby.  This never gained much
+foothold, for various reasons.
+
+Instead of using script language support in Vim:
+* Encourage implementing external tools in any language and communicate
+  with them.  The job and channel support already makes this possible.
+  Really any language can be used, also Java and Go, which are not
+  available built-in.
+* Phase out the built-in language interfaces, make maintenance a bit easier
+  and executables easier to build.  They will be kept for backwards
+  compatibility, no new features.
+* Improve the Vim script language, it is used to communicate with the external
+  tool and implements the Vim side of the interface.  Also, it can be used when
+  an external tool is undesired.
+
+All together this creates a clear situation: Vim with the +eval feature
+will be sufficient for most plugins, while some plugins require
+installing a tool that can be written in any language.  No confusion
+about having Vim but the plugin not working because some specific
+language is missing.  This is a good long term goal.
+
+Rationale: Why is it better to run a tool separately from Vim than using a
+built-in interface and interpreter?  Take for example something that is
+written in Python:
+* The built-in interface uses the embedded python interpreter.  This is less
+  well maintained than the python command.  Building Vim with it requires
+  installing developer packages.  If loaded dynamically there can be a version
+  mismatch.
+* When running the tool externally the standard python command can be used,
+  which is quite often available by default or can be easily installed.
+* The built-in interface has an API that is unique for Vim with Python. This is
+  an extra API to learn.
+* A .py file can be compiled into a .pyc file and execute much faster.
+* Inside Vim multi-threading can cause problems, since the Vim core is single
+  threaded.  In an external tool there are no such problems.
+* The Vim part is written in .vim files, the Python part is in .py files, this
+  is nicely separated.
+* Disadvantage: An interface needs to be made between Vim and Python.
+  JSON is available for this, and it's fairly easy to use.  But it still
+  requires implementing asynchronous communication.
+
+
+## 3. BETTER VIM SCRIPT
+
+To make Vim faster a new way of defining a function needs to be added.
+While we are doing that, since the lines in this function won't be fully
+backwards compatible anyway, we can also make Vim script easier to use.
+In other words: "less weird".  Making it work more like modern
+programming languages will help.  No surprises.
+
+A good example is how in a function the arguments are prefixed with
+"a:". No other language I know does that, so let's drop it.
+
+Taking this one step further is also dropping "s:" for script-local variables;
+everything at the script level is script-local by default.  Since this is not
+backwards compatible it requires a new script style: Vim9 script!
+
+It should be possible to convert code from other languages to Vim
+script.  We can add functionality to make this easier.  This still needs
+to be discussed, but we can consider adding type checking and a simple
+form of classes.  If you look at JavaScript for example, it has gone
+through these stages over time, adding real class support and now
+TypeScript adds type checking.  But we'll have to see how much of that
+we actually want to include in Vim script.  Ideally a conversion tool
+can take Python, JavaScript or TypeScript code and convert it to Vim
+script, with only some things that cannot be converted.
+
+Vim script won't work the same as any specific language, but we can use
+mechanisms that are commonly known, ideally with the same syntax.  One
+thing I have been thinking of is assignments without ":let".  I often
+make that mistake (after writing JavaScript especially).  I think it is
+possible, if we make local variables shadow commands.  That should be OK,
+if you shadow a command you want to use, just rename the variable.
+Using "let" and "const" to declare a variable, like in JavaScript and
+TypeScript, can work:
+
+
+``` vim
+def MyFunction(arg: number): number
+   let local = 1
+   let todo = arg
+   const ADD = 88
+   while todo > 0
+      local += ADD
+      --todo
+   endwhile
+   return local
+enddef
+```
+
+The similarity with JavaScript/TypeScript can also be used for dependencies
+between files.  Vim currently uses the `:source` command, which has several
+disadvantages:
+*   In the sourced script, is not clear what it provides.  By default all
+    functions are global and can be used elsewhere.
+*   In a script that sources other scripts, it is not clear what function comes
+    from what sourced script.  Finding the implementation is a hassle.
+*   Prevention of loading the whole script twice must be manually implemented.
+
+We can use the `:import` and `:export` commands from the JavaScript standard to
+make this much better.  For example, in script "myfunction.vim" define a
+function and export it:
+
+``` vim
+vim9script  " Vim9 script syntax used here
+
+let local = 'local variable is not exported, script-local'
+
+export def MyFunction()  " exported function
+...
+
+def LocalFunction() " not exported, script-local
+...
+```
+
+And in another script import the function:
+
+``` vim
+vim9script  " Vim9 script syntax used here
+
+import MyFunction from 'myfunction.vim'
+```
+
+This looks like JavaScript/TypeScript, thus many users will understand the
+syntax.
+
+These are ideas, this will take time to design, discuss and implement.
+Eventually this will lead to Vim 9!
+
+
+## Code for sum time measurements
+
+Vim was build with -O2.
+
+``` vim
+func VimOld()
+  let sum = 0
+  for i in range(1, 2999999)
+    let sum += i
+  endfor
+  return sum
+endfunc
+
+func Python()
+  py3 << END
+sum = 0
+for i in range(1, 3000000):
+  sum += i
+END
+  return py3eval('sum')
+endfunc
+
+func Lua()
+  lua << END
+    sum = 0
+    for i = 1, 2999999 do
+      sum = sum + i
+    end
+END
+  return luaeval('sum')
+endfunc
+
+def VimNew()
+  let sum = 0
+  for i in range(1, 2999999)
+    let sum += i
+  endfor
+  return sum
+enddef
+
+let start = reltime()
+echo VimOld()
+echo 'Vim old: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+
+let start = reltime()
+echo Python()
+echo 'Python: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+
+let start = reltime()
+echo Lua()
+echo 'Lua: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+
+let start = reltime()
+echo VimNew()
+echo 'Vim new: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+```
+
+## Code for indent time measurements
+
+``` vim
+def VimNew(): number
+  let totallen = 0
+  for i in range(1, 100000)
+    setline(i, '    ' .. getline(i))
+    totallen += len(getline(i))
+  endfor
+  return totallen
+enddef
+
+func VimOld()
+  let totallen = 0
+  for i in range(1, 100000)
+    call setline(i, '    ' .. getline(i))
+    let totallen += len(getline(i))
+  endfor
+  return totallen
+endfunc
+
+func Lua()
+  lua << END
+    b = vim.buffer()
+    totallen = 0
+    for i = 1, 100000 do
+      b[i] = "    " .. b[i]
+      totallen = totallen + string.len(b[i])
+    end
+END
+  return luaeval('totallen')
+endfunc
+
+func Python()
+  py3 << END
+cb = vim.current.buffer
+totallen = 0
+for i in range(0, 100000):
+  cb[i] = '    ' + cb[i]
+  totallen += len(cb[i])
+END
+  return py3eval('totallen')
+endfunc
+
+new
+call setline(1, range(100000))
+let start = reltime()
+echo VimOld()
+echo 'Vim old: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+bwipe!
+
+new
+call setline(1, range(100000))
+let start = reltime()
+echo Python()
+echo 'Python: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+bwipe!
+ 
+new
+call setline(1, range(100000))
+let start = reltime()
+echo Lua()
+echo 'Lua: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+bwipe!
+
+new
+call setline(1, range(100000))
+let start = reltime()
+echo VimNew()
+echo 'Vim new: ' .. reltimestr(reltime(start))
+bwipe!
+```

READMEdir/Contents

@@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ Vim		Vi IMproved.  A clone of the UNIX text editor Vi.  Very useful
 		messages, shows current file name in window title, on-line
 		help, rectangular cut/paste, etc., etc., etc...
 
-		Version 8.1.  Also runs under UNIX, MS-Windows, Mac, etc.
-		vim81rt.tgz  contains the documentation and syntax files.
-		vim81bin.tgz contains the binaries.
-		vim81src.tgz contains the sources.
+		Version 8.2.  Also runs under UNIX, MS-Windows, Mac, etc.
+		vim82rt.tgz  contains the documentation and syntax files.
+		vim82bin.tgz contains the binaries.
+		vim82src.tgz contains the sources.
 		Author: Bram Moolenaar et al.
 
 

READMEdir/README_ami.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_ami.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_ami.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file explains the installation of Vim on Amiga systems.
 See README.txt for general information about Vim.
@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ easily upgrade to a new version.  For example:
 You would then unpack the archives like this:
 
   cd dh0:editors
-  tar xf t:vim81bin.tar
-  tar xf t:vim81rt.tar
+  tar xf t:vim82bin.tar
+  tar xf t:vim82rt.tar
 
 Set the $VIM environment variable to point to the top directory of your Vim
 files.  For the above example:

READMEdir/README_amibin.txt

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-README_amibin.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_amibin.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
 See "README_ami.txt" for installation instructions for the Amiga.
-These files are in the runtime archive (vim81rt.tgz).
+These files are in the runtime archive (vim82rt.tgz).
 
 
 The Amiga "bin" archive contains the Vim executable for the Amiga.  It was

READMEdir/README_amisrc.txt

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-README_amisrc.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_amisrc.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
 See "README_ami.txt" for installation instructions for the Amiga.
-These files are in the runtime archive (vim81rt.tgz).
+These files are in the runtime archive (vim82rt.tgz).
 
 
 The Amiga source archive contains the files needed to compile Vim on the

READMEdir/README_bindos.txt

@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
-README_bindos.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_bindos.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
 See "README_dos.txt" for installation instructions for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
-These files are in the runtime archive (vim81rt.zip).
+These files are in the runtime archive (vim82rt.zip).
 
 
 There are several binary distributions of Vim for the PC.  You would normally
 pick only one of them, but it's also possible to install several.
 These ones are available (the version number may differ):
-	vim81w32.zip	Windows 95/98/NT/etc. console version
-	gvim81.zip	Windows 95/98/NT/etc. GUI version
-	gvim81ole.zip	Windows 95/98/NT/etc. GUI version with OLE
+	vim82w32.zip	Windows 95/98/NT/etc. console version
+	gvim82.zip	Windows 95/98/NT/etc. GUI version
+	gvim82ole.zip	Windows 95/98/NT/etc. GUI version with OLE
 
-You MUST also get the runtime archive (vim81rt.zip).
-The sources are also available (vim81src.zip).
+You MUST also get the runtime archive (vim82rt.zip).
+The sources are also available (vim82src.zip).

READMEdir/README_dos.txt

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-README_dos.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_dos.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
-This file explains the installation of Vim on MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems.
+This file explains the installation of Vim on MS-Windows systems.
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
 
 There are two ways to install Vim:
@@ -41,19 +41,19 @@ These are the normal steps to install Vim from the .zip archives:
    located.  Check the $VIM setting to see where it points to:
 	set VIM
    For example, if you have
-	C:\vim\vim81
+	C:\vim\vim82
    do
 	cd C:\
    Binary and runtime Vim archives are normally unpacked in the same location,
    on top of each other.
 
-2. Unpack the zip archives.  This will create a new directory "vim\vim81",
+2. Unpack the zip archives.  This will create a new directory "vim\vim82",
    in which all the distributed Vim files are placed.  Since the directory
    name includes the version number, it is unlikely that you overwrite
    existing files.
    Examples:
-	pkunzip -d gvim81.zip
-	unzip vim81w32.zip
+	pkunzip -d gvim82.zip
+	unzip vim82w32.zip
 
    You need to unpack the runtime archive and at least one of the binary
    archives.  When using more than one binary version, be careful not to
@@ -64,12 +64,8 @@ These are the normal steps to install Vim from the .zip archives:
    to another location.  That is where they will stay, the install program
    won't move or copy the runtime files.
 
-   Only for the 32 bit DOS version on MS-DOS without DPMI support (trying to
-   run install.exe will produce an error message): Unpack the CSDPMI4B.ZIP
-   archive and follow the instructions in the documentation.
-
 3. Change to the new directory:
-	cd vim\vim81
+	cd vim\vim82
    Run the "install.exe" program.  It will ask you a number of questions about
    how you would like to have your Vim setup.  Among these are:
    - You can tell it to write a "_vimrc" file with your preferences in the
@@ -80,8 +76,8 @@ These are the normal steps to install Vim from the .zip archives:
      console or in a shell.  You can select one of the directories in your
      $PATH.  If you skip this, you can add Vim to the search path manually:
      The simplest is to add a line to your autoexec.bat.  Examples:
-	set path=%path%;C:\vim\vim81
-	set path=%path%;D:\editors\vim\vim81
+	set path=%path%;C:\vim\vim82
+	set path=%path%;D:\editors\vim\vim82
    - Create entries for Vim on the desktop and in the Start menu.
 
 That's it!
@@ -93,8 +89,8 @@ Remarks:
   won't show a menubar.  Then you need to set the $VIM environment variable to
   point to the top directory of your Vim files.  Example:
     set VIM=C:\editors\vim
-  Vim version 8.1 will look for your vimrc file in $VIM, and for the runtime
-  files in $VIM/vim81.  See ":help $VIM" for more information.
+  Vim version 8.2 will look for your vimrc file in $VIM, and for the runtime
+  files in $VIM/vim82.  See ":help $VIM" for more information.
 
 - To avoid confusion between distributed files of different versions and your
   own modified vim scripts, it is recommended to use this directory layout:
@@ -105,14 +101,14 @@ Remarks:
 	C:\vim\vimfiles\ftplugin\*.vim	Filetype plugins
 	C:\vim\...			Other files you made.
   Distributed files:
-	C:\vim\vim81\vim.exe		The Vim version 8.1 executable.
-	C:\vim\vim81\doc\*.txt		The version 8.1 documentation files.
-	C:\vim\vim81\bugreport.vim	A Vim version 8.1 script.
-	C:\vim\vim81\...		Other version 8.1 distributed files.
+	C:\vim\vim82\vim.exe		The Vim version 8.2 executable.
+	C:\vim\vim82\doc\*.txt		The version 8.2 documentation files.
+	C:\vim\vim82\bugreport.vim	A Vim version 8.2 script.
+	C:\vim\vim82\...		Other version 8.2 distributed files.
   In this case the $VIM environment variable would be set like this:
 	set VIM=C:\vim
-  Then $VIMRUNTIME will automatically be set to "$VIM\vim81".  Don't add
-  "vim81" to $VIM, that won't work.
+  Then $VIMRUNTIME will automatically be set to "$VIM\vim82".  Don't add
+  "vim82" to $VIM, that won't work.
 
 - You can put your Vim executable anywhere else.  If the executable is not
   with the other Vim files, you should set $VIM. The simplest is to add a line
@@ -121,7 +117,7 @@ Remarks:
 	set VIM=d:\editors\vim
 
 - If you have told the "install.exe" program to add the "Edit with Vim" menu
-  entry, you can remove it by running the "uninstal.exe".  See
+  entry, you can remove it by running the "uninstall.exe".  See
   ":help win32-popup-menu".
 
 - In Windows 95/98/NT you can create a shortcut to Vim.  This works for all
@@ -136,8 +132,8 @@ Remarks:
      Select Properties.
   5. In the Program tab, change the "Cmdline" to add "/c" and the name of the
      Vim executable.  Examples:
-	C:\command.com /c C:\vim\vim81\vim.exe
-	C:\command.com /c D:\editors\vim\vim81\vim.exe
+	C:\command.com /c C:\vim\vim82\vim.exe
+	C:\command.com /c D:\editors\vim\vim82\vim.exe
   6. Select the font, window size, etc. that you like.  If this isn't
      possible, select "Advanced" in the Program tab, and deselect "MS-DOS
      mode".
@@ -150,5 +146,4 @@ Remarks:
 
 For further information, type one of these inside Vim:
 	:help dos
-	:help msdos
 	:help win32

READMEdir/README_extra.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_extra.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_extra.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 These extra files of Vim are for special purposes.  This README explains what
 the files are for.  For general information about Vim, see the "README.txt"
@@ -24,9 +24,6 @@ src/os_mac.*		Files for the Mac port.
 
 src/os_mint.8		Files for the Atari Mint port.
 
-src/os_os2*		Files for the OS/2 port.
-src/tee/*		Extra program for OS/2.
-
 src/os_vms*		Files for the VMS port.
 
 src/os_w32*

READMEdir/README_mac.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_mac.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_mac.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file explains the installation of Vim on Macintosh systems.
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.

READMEdir/README_ole.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_ole.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_ole.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This archive contains gvim.exe with OLE interface and VisVim.
 This version of gvim.exe can also load a number of interface dynamically (you

READMEdir/README_os2.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_os2.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_os2.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file used to explain the installation of Vim on OS/2 systems.
 However, support for OS/2 has been removed in patch 7.4.1008.

READMEdir/README_os390.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_os390.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_os390.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This readme explains how to build Vim on z/OS.  Formerly called OS/390.
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ Getting the source to z/OS:
 
 First get the source code in one big tar file and ftp it a binary to z/OS. If
 the tar file is initially compressed with gzip (tar.gz) or bzip2 (tar.bz2)
-uncompress it on your PC, as this tools are (most likely) not available on the
-mainframe.
+uncompress it on your PC, as these tools are (most likely) not available on
+the mainframe.
 
 To reduce the size of the tar file you might compress it into a zip file. On
 z/OS Unix you might have the command "jar" from java to uncompress a zip. Use:
@@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ WARNING: This instruction was not tested with Vim 7.4 or later.
 
 There are two ways for building VIM with X11 support. The first way is simple
 and results in a big executable (~13 Mb), the second needs a few additional
-steps and results in a much smaller executable (~4.5 Mb). This examples assume
-you want Motif.
+steps and results in a much smaller executable (~4.5 Mb). These examples
+assume you want Motif.
 
   The easy way:
     $ export CC=cc

READMEdir/README_src.txt

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-README_src.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_src.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 The source archive contains the files needed to compile Vim on Unix systems.
 It is packed for Unix systems (NL line separator).
 
 For more information, see the README.txt file that comes with the runtime
-archive (vim-8.1-rt.tar.gz).  To be able to run Vim you MUST get the runtime
+archive (vim-8.2-rt.tar.gz).  To be able to run Vim you MUST get the runtime
 archive too!

READMEdir/README_srcdos.txt

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
-README_srcdos.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_srcdos.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
-See "README_dos.txt" for installation instructions for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
-These files are in the runtime archive (vim81rt.zip).
+See "README_dos.txt" for installation instructions for MS-Windows.
+These files are in the runtime archive (vim82rt.zip).
 
 
-The DOS source archive contains the files needed to compile Vim on MS-DOS or
-MS-Windows.  It is packed for DOS systems, with CR-LF.  It also includes the
-VisVim sources.
+The DOS source archive contains the files needed to compile Vim on MS-Windows.
+It is packed for MS-Windows systems, with CR-LF.  It also includes the VisVim
+sources.
 
 See "src/INSTALLpc.txt" for instructions on how to compile Vim on the PC.

READMEdir/README_unix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_unix.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_unix.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file explains the installation of Vim on Unix systems.
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.

READMEdir/README_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README_vms.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_vms.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 This file explains the installation of Vim on VMS systems.
 See "README.txt" in the runtime archive for information about Vim.

READMEdir/README_w32s.txt

@@ -1,15 +1,6 @@
-README_w32s.txt for version 8.1 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+README_w32s.txt for version 8.2 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
-This archive contains the gvim.exe that was specifically compiled for use in
-the Win32s subsystem in MS-Windows 3.1 and 3.11.
-
-Also see the README_bindos.txt, README_dos.txt and README.txt files.
-
-Be careful not to overwrite the Win32s gvim.exe with the another gvim.exe when
-unpacking another binary archive!  Check the output of ":version":
-	Win32s - "MS-Windows 16/32 bit GUI version"
-	 Win32 - "MS-Windows 32 bit GUI version"
-Win32 with OLE - "MS-Windows 32 bit GUI version with OLE support"
-
-For further information, type this inside Vim:
-	:help win32s
+This file used to explain the installation of Vim on MS-Windows 3.1 and 3.11
+systems.  However, support for MS-Windows 3.1 and 3.11 has been removed in
+patch 7.4.1364.
+See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.

ci/if_ver-1.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+" Print all interface versions for Ubuntu. Part 1.
+
+if 1
+  execute 'source' expand('<sfile>:h') .. '/if_ver-cmd.vim'
+
+  echo "*** Interface versions ***\n"
+
+  echo 'Lua:'
+  PrintVer lua print(_VERSION)
+
+  echo 'MzScheme:'
+  PrintVer mzscheme (display (version))
+
+  echo 'Perl:'
+  PrintVer perl print $^V
+
+  echo 'Ruby:'
+  PrintVer ruby print RUBY_VERSION
+
+  echo 'Tcl:'
+  PrintVer tcl puts [info patchlevel]
+
+  echo 'Python 2:'
+  PrintVer python print sys.version
+endif

ci/if_ver-2.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+" Print py3 interface versions for Ubuntu. Part 2.
+
+if 1
+  execute 'source' expand('<sfile>:h') .. '/if_ver-cmd.vim'
+
+  echo 'Python 3:'
+  PrintVer python3 print(sys.version)
+endif

ci/if_ver-cmd.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+" Provide 'PrintVer' command to print the interface versions.
+
+func s:print_ver(lang, ...)
+  if has(a:lang)
+    exec a:lang join(a:000)
+  else
+    echo 'N/A'
+  endif
+  echo ''
+endfunc
+
+command -nargs=+ PrintVer call <SID>print_ver(<f-args>)

nsis/README.txt

@@ -32,12 +32,12 @@ To build the installable .exe:
 
 5.  Get a "diff.exe" program.  If you skip this the built-in diff will always
     be used (which is fine for most users).  If you do have your own
-    "diff.exe" put it in the "../.." directory (above the "vim81" directory,
+    "diff.exe" put it in the "../.." directory (above the "vim82" directory,
     it's the same for all Vim versions).
     You can find one in previous Vim versions or in this archive:
 		http://www.mossbayeng.com/~ron/vim/diffutils.tar.gz
 
-6   Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe in "../.." (above the "vim81"
+6   Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe in "../.." (above the "vim82"
     directory).  This is required for the terminal window.
 
 7.  Do "make uganda.nsis.txt" in runtime/doc.  This requires sed, you may have

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -176,6 +176,7 @@ Page custom SetCustom ValidateCustom
     !include "lang\japanese.nsi"
     !include "lang\simpchinese.nsi"
     !include "lang\tradchinese.nsi"
+    !include "lang\turkish.nsi"
 !endif
 
 ##########################################################

nsis/gvim_version.nsh

@@ -2,5 +2,5 @@
 !ifndef __GVIM_VER__NSH__
 !define __GVIM_VER__NSH__
 !define VER_MAJOR 8
-!define VER_MINOR 1
+!define VER_MINOR 2
 !endif

nsis/lang/simpchinese.nsi

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 #
 # Locale ID    : 2052
 # fileencoding : UTF-8
-# Author       : Guopeng Wen
+# Author       : Guopeng Wen, David Liu
 
 !insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "SimpChinese"
 
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
 LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "私有插件目录"
 LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Create plugin directories in HOME directory."
+    "在主目录创建私有插件目录。"
 
 LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "公共插件目录"
@@ -141,14 +141,14 @@ LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "删除 Vim 的所有执行文件及脚本。"
 
 LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remove plugin directories"
+    "移除插件目录"
 LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remove the plugin directories if they are empty."
+    "移除插件目录（如果目录为空）。"
 
 LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "私有插件目录"
 LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remove the plugin directories from HOME directory."
+    "从主目录中移除私有插件目录。"
 
 LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "公共插件目录"
@@ -241,37 +241,37 @@ LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
 LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "设置 _vimrc"
 LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "选择键盘、鼠标和增强选项。"
+    "选择键盘、鼠标和扩展设置。"
 
 LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "Vi / Vim 行为"
 LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "&Compatibility and enhancements"
+    "兼容性与扩展(&B)"
 LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Vi compatible"
+    "原始 Vi"
 LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Vim original"
+    "原始 Vim"
 LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Vim with some enhancements (load defaults.vim)"
+    "Vim 原始版本和部分扩展 (加载 defaults.vim)"
 LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Vim with all enhancements (load vimrc_example.vim) (Default)"
+    "Vim 原始版本和所有扩展 (加载 vimrc_example.vim) (缺省)"
 
 LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "键盘映射"
 LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "&Remap a few keys for Windows (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, etc)"
+    "为 Windows 映射按键(&R) (例如:Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F 等)"
 LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Do not remap keys (Default)"
+    "不映射按键 (缺省)"
 LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remap a few keys"
+    "映射一些按键"
 
 LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "鼠标"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "&Behavior of right and left buttons"
+    "左键和右键行为(&B)"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Right: popup menu, Left: visual mode (Default)"
+    "右键：弹出菜单, 左键：可视化模式 (缺省)"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Right: popup menu, Left: select mode (Windows)"
+    "右键：弹出菜单, 左键:选择模式 (Windows)"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Right: extends selection, Left: visual mode (Unix)"
+    "右键： 扩展选择, 左键：可视化模式 (Unix)"

nsis/lang/turkish.nsi

@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+# turkish.nsi: Turkish language strings for gvim NSIS installer.
+# fileencoding : UTF-8
+# Author       : Emir SARI
+
+!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "Turkish"
+
+# Overwrite the default translation.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+        "$(^Name) Setup"
+LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+        "$(^Name) Uninstall"
+        
+LangString str_show_readme          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Kurulum bittikten sonra README dosyasını aç"
+
+# Install types:
+LangString str_type_typical         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Normal"
+
+LangString str_type_minimal         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Küçük"
+
+LangString str_type_full            ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Tam"
+    
+##############################################################################
+# Section Titles & Description                                            {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_section_old_ver      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eski sürümü kaldır"
+LangString str_desc_old_ver         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim'in eski sürümünü sisteminizden kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_section_exe          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim grafik arabirimi ve çalışma dosyaları"
+LangString str_desc_exe             ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim program başlatıcı ve çalışma dosyaları. Bu bileşen zorunludur."
+
+LangString str_section_console      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim konsol sürümü"
+LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim'in konsol sürümü (vim.exe)."
+
+LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    ".bat dosyaları oluştur"
+LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim için komut satırında kullanmak üzere .bat dosyaları oluşturur"
+
+LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim için kısayollar oluştur"
+LangString str_desc_icons           ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Kolay erişim için Vim kısayolları oluşturur."
+
+LangString str_section_desktop      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Masaüstünde"
+LangString str_desc_desktop         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "gVim programı için Masaüstünde kısayol oluşturur."
+
+LangString str_section_start_menu   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Başlat Menüsü - Programlar klasöründe"
+LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim kısayolunu Başlat Menüsüne ekler."
+    
+LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim ile Aç"
+LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim'i $\"Birlikte aç$\" sağ tık menüsüne ekler."
+    
+ LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Bir yapılandırma dosyası oluştur"
+LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eğer yoksa bir yapılandırma dosyası (_vimrc) oluşturur."
+
+LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinleri oluştur"
+LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Bu dizinlere Vim eklentilerini yerleştirerek Vim'e yeni \
+     özellikler kazandırabilirsiniz."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Gizli"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini EV dizininde oluşturur."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Paylaşılan"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini Vim yükleme dizininde oluşturur. Bu eklentilerden \
+     bilgisayarın tüm kullanıcıları yararlanabilir."
+
+LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "VisVim eklentisi"
+LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Microsoft Visual Studio entegrasyonu için VisVim eklentisi" 
+
+LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Ek dil desteği"
+LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Mevcut olan Vim yerelleştirmelerini yükler."
+
+LangString str_unsection_register   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim kaydını kaldır"
+LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim'in bu bilgisayardaki kaydını kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim programını ve çalıştırma dosyalarını kaldır"
+LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim çalıştırılabilir dosyalarını ve diğer dosyaları kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini kaldır"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini eğer boş ise kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Gizli"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini EV dizininden kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Paylaşılan"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eklenti dizinlerini Vim yükleme dizininden kaldırır."
+
+LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim kök dizinini kaldır"
+LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim kök dizinini kaldırır. Bu dizin Vim yapılandırma dosyalarını içerir!"
+    
+ LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Yükleme başarısız oldu. Yeniden deneyin."
+
+LangString str_msg_rm_exe_fail   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "$0 içindeki bazı dosyalar silinemedi!$\r$\n\
+     Bu dosyaları el ile kaldırmalısınız."
+     
+ LangString str_msg_uninstalling  ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Eski sürüm kaldırılıyor..."
+
+LangString str_msg_registering   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Kaydediliyor..."
+
+LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Kayıt siliniyor..."
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Dialog Box                                                              {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "_vimrc ayarlarını seçin"
+LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Yüklenecek ek özellikler, klavye ve fare için ayarları seçin."
+
+LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    " Vi / Vim davranışı "
+LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "&Uyumluluk ve ek özellikler"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vi uyumlu"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim orijinal"
+LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim ve ek olarak bazı ek özellikler (load defaults.vim)"
+LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Vim ve ek olarak tüm ek özellikler (load vimrc_example.vim) (Default)"
+
+LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    " Klavye İşlevleri "
+LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "&Windows için bazı düğmeleri yeniden ayarla (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, etc)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Düğme işlevlerini değiştirme (varsayılan)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Bazı düğmeleri yeniden ayarla"
+
+LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    " Fare İşlevleri "
+LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "&Sağ ve sol düğme davranışı"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Sağ: açılır menü, Sol: Görsel Kip (varsayılan)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Sağ: açılır menü, Sol: seçim kipi (Windows)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_TURKISH} \
+    "Sağ: seçimi genişlet, Sol: Görsel Kip (Unix)"

runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim functions for file type detection
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2019 Mar 08
+" Last Change:	2020 Jan 02
 
 " These functions are moved here from runtime/filetype.vim to make startup
 " faster.
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ endfunc
 
 func dist#ft#FTmms()
   let n = 1
-  while n < 10
+  while n < 20
     let line = getline(n)
     if line =~ '^\s*\(%\|//\)' || line =~ '^\*'
       setf mmix

runtime/autoload/getscript.vim

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ if &cp
 endif
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
- echo "***warning*** this version of getscript needs vim 7.2"
+ echo "***warning*** this version of GetLatestVimScripts needs vim 7.2"
  echohl Normal
  finish
 endif

runtime/autoload/netrw.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " netrw.vim: Handles file transfer and remote directory listing across
 "            AUTOLOAD SECTION
-" Date:		Jul 16, 2019
-" Version:	165
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" Date:		Jan 07, 2020
+" Version:	168
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1075 1 :AutoInstall: netrw.vim
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2016 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
@@ -13,6 +13,10 @@
 "               expressed or implied. By using this plugin, you agree that
 "               in no event will the copyright holder be liable for any damages
 "               resulting from the use of this software.
+"
+" Note: the code here was started in 1999 under a much earlier version of vim.  The directory browsing
+"       code was written using vim v6, which did not have Lists (Lists were first offered with vim-v7).
+"
 "redraw!|call DechoSep()|call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
 "
 "  But be doers of the Word, and not only hearers, deluding your own selves {{{1
@@ -39,7 +43,7 @@ if exists("s:needspatches")
  endfor
 endif
 
-let g:loaded_netrw = "v165"
+let g:loaded_netrw = "v168"
 if !exists("s:NOTE")
  let s:NOTE    = 0
  let s:WARNING = 1
@@ -64,7 +68,7 @@ setl cpo&vim
 "   Usage: netrw#ErrorMsg(s:NOTE | s:WARNING | s:ERROR,"some message",error-number)
 "          netrw#ErrorMsg(s:NOTE | s:WARNING | s:ERROR,["message1","message2",...],error-number)
 "          (this function can optionally take a list of messages)
-"  Mar 21, 2017 : max errnum currently is 105
+"  Dec 2, 2019 : max errnum currently is 106
 fun! netrw#ErrorMsg(level,msg,errnum)
 "  call Dfunc("netrw#ErrorMsg(level=".a:level." msg<".a:msg."> errnum=".a:errnum.") g:netrw_use_errorwindow=".g:netrw_use_errorwindow)
 
@@ -232,12 +236,12 @@ if !exists("g:netrw_ftp_options")
  let g:netrw_ftp_options= "-i -n"
 endif
 if !exists("g:netrw_http_cmd")
- if executable("curl")
-  let g:netrw_http_cmd	= "curl"
-  call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_http_xcmd","-L -o")
- elseif executable("wget")
+ if executable("wget")
   let g:netrw_http_cmd	= "wget"
   call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_http_xcmd","-q -O")
+ elseif executable("curl")
+  let g:netrw_http_cmd	= "curl"
+  call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_http_xcmd","-L -o")
  elseif executable("elinks")
   let g:netrw_http_cmd = "elinks"
   call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_http_xcmd","-source >")
@@ -443,23 +447,9 @@ if !exists("g:netrw_localmovecmd")
   let g:netrw_localmovecmd= ""
  endif
 endif
-if v:version < 704 || (v:version == 704 && !has("patch1107"))
- " 1109 provides for delete(tmpdir,"d") which is what will be used
- if exists("g:netrw_local_rmdir")
-  let g:netrw_localrmdir= g:netrw_local_rmdir
-  call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:NOTE,"g:netrw_local_rmdir is deprecated in favor of g:netrw_localrmdir",86)
- endif
- if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
-   if g:netrw_cygwin
-    call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_localrmdir","rmdir")
-   else
-    let g:netrw_localrmdir   = expand("$COMSPEC")
-    let g:netrw_localrmdiropt= " /c rmdir"
-   endif
- else
-  call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_localrmdir","rmdir")
- endif
-endif
+" following serves as an example for how to insert a version&patch specific test
+"if v:version < 704 || (v:version == 704 && !has("patch1107"))
+"endif
 call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_liststyle"  , s:THINLIST)
 " sanity checks
 if g:netrw_liststyle < 0 || g:netrw_liststyle >= s:MAXLIST
@@ -689,6 +679,7 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
 
   " save registers
   if has("clipboard")
+"   call Decho("(netrw#Explore) save @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    sil! let keepregstar = @*
    sil! let keepregplus = @+
   endif
@@ -916,8 +907,9 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
      if !exists("w:netrw_explore_list") " sanity check
       NetrwKeepj call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"using Nexplore or <s-down> improperly; see help for netrw-starstar",40)
       if has("clipboard")
-       sil! let @* = keepregstar
-       sil! let @+ = keepregplus
+"       call Decho("(netrw#Explore) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+       if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+       if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
       endif
       sil! let @/ = keepregslash
 "      call Dret("netrw#Explore")
@@ -941,8 +933,9 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
      if !exists("w:netrw_explore_list") " sanity check
       NetrwKeepj call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"using Pexplore or <s-up> improperly; see help for netrw-starstar",41)
       if has("clipboard")
-       sil! let @* = keepregstar
-       sil! let @+ = keepregplus
+"       call Decho("(netrw#Explore) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+       if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+       if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
       endif
       sil! let @/ = keepregslash
 "      call Dret("netrw#Explore")
@@ -996,8 +989,9 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
        keepalt call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,'no files matched pattern<'.pattern.'>',45)
        if &hls | let keepregslash= s:ExplorePatHls(pattern) | endif
        if has("clipboard")
-	sil! let @* = keepregstar
-	sil! let @+ = keepregplus
+"        call Decho("(netrw#Explore) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+        if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+        if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
        endif
        sil! let @/ = keepregslash
 "       call Dret("netrw#Explore : no files matched pattern")
@@ -1032,8 +1026,9 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
      if w:netrw_explore_listlen == 0 || (w:netrw_explore_listlen == 1 && w:netrw_explore_list[0] =~ '\*\*\/')
       keepalt NetrwKeepj call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"no files matched",42)
       if has("clipboard")
-       sil! let @* = keepregstar
-       sil! let @+ = keepregplus
+"       call Decho("(netrw#Explore) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+        if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+        if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
       endif
       sil! let @/ = keepregslash
 "      call Dret("netrw#Explore : no files matched")
@@ -1080,8 +1075,9 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
      keepalt NetrwKeepj call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"your vim needs the +path_extra feature for Exploring with **!",44)
     endif
     if has("clipboard")
-     sil! let @* = keepregstar
-     sil! let @+ = keepregplus
+"     call Decho("(netrw#Explore) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+      if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+      if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
     endif
     sil! let @/ = keepregslash
 "    call Dret("netrw#Explore : missing +path_extra")
@@ -1153,8 +1149,9 @@ fun! netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
   " Consequently, set s:netrw_events to 2.
   let s:netrw_events= 2
   if has("clipboard")
-   sil! let @* = keepregstar
-   sil! let @+ = keepregplus
+"   call Decho("(netrw#Explore) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+   if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
   endif
   sil! let @/ = keepregslash
 "  call Dret("netrw#Explore : @/<".@/.">")
@@ -1528,7 +1525,8 @@ fun! netrw#Obtain(islocal,fname,...)
     " -i       : turns off interactive prompting from ftp
     " -n  unix : DON'T use <.netrc>, even though it exists
     " -n  win32: quit being obnoxious about password
-    NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+    "  Note: using "_dd to delete to the black hole register; avoids messing up @@
+    NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
     call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".s:netrw_ftp_cmd." ".g:netrw_ftp_options)
     " If the result of the ftp operation isn't blank, show an error message (tnx to Doug Claar)
     if getline(1) !~ "^$"
@@ -1642,7 +1640,6 @@ fun! s:NetrwOptionsSave(vt)
   let {a:vt}netrw_cpokeep   = &l:cpo
   let {a:vt}netrw_diffkeep  = &l:diff
   let {a:vt}netrw_fenkeep   = &l:fen
-"  call Decho("saving current settings: got here#1",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if !exists("g:netrw_ffkeep") || g:netrw_ffkeep
    let {a:vt}netrw_ffkeep    = &l:ff
   endif
@@ -1661,7 +1658,6 @@ fun! s:NetrwOptionsSave(vt)
   let {a:vt}netrw_rokeep    = &l:ro
   let {a:vt}netrw_selkeep   = &l:sel
   let {a:vt}netrw_spellkeep = &l:spell
-"  call Decho("saving current settings: got here#2",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if !g:netrw_use_noswf
    let {a:vt}netrw_swfkeep  = &l:swf
   endif
@@ -1675,6 +1671,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwOptionsSave(vt)
 "  call Decho("saving a few selected netrw-related variables",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if g:netrw_keepdir
    let {a:vt}netrw_dirkeep  = getcwd()
+"   call Decho("saving to ".a:vt."netrw_dirkeep<".{a:vt}netrw_dirkeep.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   endif
   if has("clipboard")
    sil! let {a:vt}netrw_starkeep = @*
@@ -1745,6 +1742,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwOptionsRestore(vt)
 "  call Dfunc("s:NetrwOptionsRestore(vt<".a:vt.">) win#".winnr()." buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%")."> winnr($)=".winnr("$"))
 "  call Decho("settings buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%").">: ".((&l:ma == 0)? "no" : "")."ma ".((&l:mod == 0)? "no" : "")."mod ".((&l:bl == 0)? "no" : "")."bl ".((&l:ro == 0)? "no" : "")."ro fo=".&l:fo." a:vt=".a:vt,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if !exists("{a:vt}netrw_optionsave")
+"   call Decho("case ".a:vt."netrw_optionsave : doesn't exist",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Decho("settings buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%").">: ".((&l:ma == 0)? "no" : "")."ma ".((&l:mod == 0)? "no" : "")."mod ".((&l:bl == 0)? "no" : "")."bl ".((&l:ro == 0)? "no" : "")."ro fo=".&l:fo." a:vt=".a:vt,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Decho("ro=".&l:ro." ma=".&l:ma." mod=".&l:mod." wrap=".&l:wrap." (filename<".expand("%")."> win#".winnr()." ft<".&ft.">)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Dret("s:NetrwOptionsRestore : ".a:vt."netrw_optionsave doesn't exist")
@@ -1829,6 +1827,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwOptionsRestore(vt)
    endif
   endif
   if has("clipboard")
+"   call Decho("has clipboard",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    call s:NetrwRestoreSetting(a:vt."netrw_starkeep","@*")
    call s:NetrwRestoreSetting(a:vt."netrw_pluskeep","@+")
   endif
@@ -1890,7 +1889,7 @@ endfun
 "                        Used by s:NetrwOptionsRestore() to restore each netrw-senstive setting
 "                        keepvars are set up by s:NetrwOptionsSave
 fun! s:NetrwRestoreSetting(keepvar,setting)
-""  call Dfunc("s:NetrwRestoreSetting(a:keepvar<".a:keepvar."> a:setting<".a:setting.">)")
+"""  call Dfunc("s:NetrwRestoreSetting(a:keepvar<".a:keepvar."> a:setting<".a:setting.">)")
 
   " typically called from s:NetrwOptionsRestore
   "   call s:NetrwRestoreSettings(keep-option-variable-name,'associated-option')
@@ -1905,7 +1904,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwRestoreSetting(keepvar,setting)
 ""   call Decho("fyi: a:setting<".a:setting."> setting<".setting.">")
 
    if setting != keepvarval
-""    call Decho("restore setting<".a:setting."=".setting."> to keepvarval<".keepvarval.">")
+""    call Decho("restore setting<".a:setting."> (currently=".setting.") to keepvarval<".keepvarval.">")
     if type(a:setting) == 0
      exe "let ".a:setting."= ".keepvarval
     elseif type(a:setting) == 1
@@ -2195,7 +2194,7 @@ fun! netrw#NetRead(mode,...)
     " -i       : turns off interactive prompting from ftp
     " -n  unix : DON'T use <.netrc>, even though it exists
     " -n  win32: quit being obnoxious about password
-    NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+    NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
     call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".s:netrw_ftp_cmd." ".g:netrw_ftp_options)
     " If the result of the ftp operation isn't blank, show an error message (tnx to Doug Claar)
     if getline(1) !~ "^$"
@@ -2295,7 +2294,7 @@ fun! netrw#NetRead(mode,...)
      NetrwKeepj put ='quit'
 
      " perform cadaver operation:
-     NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+     NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
      call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".g:netrw_dav_cmd)
      keepj bd!
     endif
@@ -2611,7 +2610,7 @@ fun! netrw#NetWrite(...) range
     " -i       : turns off interactive prompting from ftp
     " -n  unix : DON'T use <.netrc>, even though it exists
     " -n  win32: quit being obnoxious about password
-    NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+    NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
     call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".s:netrw_ftp_cmd." ".g:netrw_ftp_options)
     " If the result of the ftp operation isn't blank, show an error message (tnx to Doug Claar)
     if getline(1) !~ "^$"
@@ -2677,7 +2676,7 @@ fun! netrw#NetWrite(...) range
     NetrwKeepj put ='put '.tmpfile.' '.netrw_fname
 
     " perform cadaver operation:
-    NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+    NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
     call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".g:netrw_dav_cmd)
 
     " remove enew buffer (quietly)
@@ -2863,7 +2862,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwGetFile(readcmd, tfile, method)
   " readcmd=='t': simply do nothing
   if a:readcmd == 't'
 "   call Decho(" ro=".&l:ro." ma=".&l:ma." mod=".&l:mod." wrap=".&l:wrap." (filename<".expand("%")."> win#".winnr()." ft<".&ft.">)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-"   call Dret("NetrwGetFile : skip read of <".a:tfile.">")
+"   call Dret("NetrwGetFile : skip read of tfile<".a:tfile.">")
    return
   endif
 
@@ -4359,7 +4358,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwGetWord()
    let curline= getline('.')
 
    if curline =~# '"\s*Sorted by\s'
-    NetrwKeepj norm! s
+    NetrwKeepj norm! "_s
     let s:netrw_skipbrowse= 1
     echo 'Pressing "s" also works'
 
@@ -5194,17 +5193,31 @@ fun! s:NetrwBrowseUpDir(islocal)
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" netrw#BrowseX:  (implements "x") executes a special "viewer" script or program for the {{{2
+" netrw#BrowseX:  (implements "x" and "gx") executes a special "viewer" script or program for the {{{2
 "              given filename; typically this means given their extension.
 "              0=local, 1=remote
 fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
-"  call Dfunc("netrw#BrowseX(fname<".a:fname."> remote=".a:remote.")")
+  let use_ctrlo= 1
+"  call Dfunc("netrw#BrowseX(fname<".a:fname."> remote=".a:remote.")  implements x and gx maps")
 
-  " if its really just a local directory, then do a "gf" instead
-  if (a:remote == 0 && isdirectory(a:fname)) || (a:remote == 1 && a:fname =~ '/$' && a:fname !~ '^https\=:')
+  if a:remote == 0 && isdirectory(a:fname)
+   " if its really just a local directory, then do a "gf" instead
+"   call Decho("remote≡0 and a:fname<".a:fname."> ".(isdirectory(a:fname)? "is a directory" : "is not a directory"),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..appears to be a local directory; using e ".a:fname." instead",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   exe "e ".a:fname
+"   call Dret("netrw#BrowseX")
+   return
+  elseif a:remote == 1 && a:fname !~ '^https\=:' && a:fname =~ '/$'
+   " remote directory, not a webpage access, looks like an attempt to do a directory listing
+"   call Decho("remote≡1 and a:fname<".a:fname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..and fname ".((a:fname =~ '^https\=:')? 'matches' : 'does not match').'^https\=:','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..and fname ".((a:fname =~ '/$')?        'matches' : 'does not match').' /$','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..appears to be a remote directory listing request; using gf instead",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    norm! gf
-"   call Dret("(netrw#BrowseX) did gf instead")
+"   call Dret("netrw#BrowseX")
+   return
   endif
+"  call Decho("not a local file nor a webpage request",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
   let ykeep      = @@
   let screenposn = winsaveview()
@@ -5302,10 +5315,9 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
   endif
 "  call Decho("set up redirection: redir{".redir."} srr{".&srr."}",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
-  " extract any viewing options.  Assumes that they're set apart by quotes.
-"  call Decho("extract any viewing options",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+  " extract any viewing options.  Assumes that they're set apart by spaces.
   if exists("g:netrw_browsex_viewer")
-"   call Decho("g:netrw_browsex_viewer<".g:netrw_browsex_viewer.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("extract any viewing options from g:netrw_browsex_viewer<".g:netrw_browsex_viewer.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if g:netrw_browsex_viewer =~ '\s'
     let viewer  = substitute(g:netrw_browsex_viewer,'\s.*$','','')
     let viewopt = substitute(g:netrw_browsex_viewer,'^\S\+\s*','','')." "
@@ -5328,16 +5340,16 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
   " execute the file handler
 "  call Decho("execute the file handler (if any)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if exists("g:netrw_browsex_viewer") && g:netrw_browsex_viewer == '-'
-"   call Decho("g:netrw_browsex_viewer<".g:netrw_browsex_viewer.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) g:netrw_browsex_viewer<".g:netrw_browsex_viewer.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let ret= netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
 
   elseif exists("g:netrw_browsex_viewer") && executable(viewer)
-"   call Decho("g:netrw_browsex_viewer<".g:netrw_browsex_viewer.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) g:netrw_browsex_viewer<".g:netrw_browsex_viewer.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    call s:NetrwExe("sil !".viewer." ".viewopt.s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir)
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("win32") || has("win64")
-"   call Decho("win".(has("win32")? "32" : "64")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) win".(has("win32")? "32" : "64"),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if executable("start")
     call s:NetrwExe('sil! !start rundll32 url.dll,FileProtocolHandler '.s:ShellEscape(fname,1))
    elseif executable("rundll32")
@@ -5345,56 +5357,68 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
    else
     call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"rundll32 not on path",74)
    endif
-   " call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("win32unix")
    let winfname= 'c:\cygwin'.substitute(fname,'/','\\','g')
-"   call Decho("cygwin: winfname<".s:ShellEscape(winfname,1).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) cygwin: winfname<".s:ShellEscape(winfname,1).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if executable("start")
+"    call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) win32unix+start",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     call s:NetrwExe('sil !start rundll32 url.dll,FileProtocolHandler '.s:ShellEscape(winfname,1))
    elseif executable("rundll32")
+"    call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) win32unix+rundll32",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     call s:NetrwExe('sil !rundll32 url.dll,FileProtocolHandler '.s:ShellEscape(winfname,1))
    elseif executable("cygstart")
+"    call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) win32unix+cygstart",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     call s:NetrwExe('sil !cygstart '.s:ShellEscape(fname,1))
    else
     call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"rundll32 not on path",74)
    endif
-   " call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("unix") && executable("kfmclient") && s:CheckIfKde()
-"   call Decho("unix and kfmclient",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix and kfmclient",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    call s:NetrwExe("sil !kfmclient exec ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1)." ".redir)
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("unix") && executable("exo-open") && executable("xdg-open") && executable("setsid")
-"   call Decho("unix, exo-open, xdg-open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix, exo-open, xdg-open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    call s:NetrwExe("sil !setsid xdg-open ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir)
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("unix") && $DESKTOP_SESSION == "mate" && executable("atril")
-"   call Decho("unix and atril",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-   call s:NetrwExe("sil !atril ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir)
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix and atril",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   if a:fname =~ '^https\=://'
+    " atril does not appear to understand how to handle html -- so use gvim to edit the document
+    let use_ctrlo= 0
+"    call Decho("(COMBAK) fname<".fname.">")
+"    call Decho("(COMBAK) a:fname<".a:fname.">")
+    call s:NetrwExe("sil! !gvim ".fname.' -c "keepj keepalt file '.fnameescape(a:fname).'"')
+
+   else
+    call s:NetrwExe("sil !atril ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir)
+   endif
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("unix") && executable("xdg-open")
-"   call Decho("unix and xdg-open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) unix and xdg-open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    call s:NetrwExe("sil !xdg-open ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1).redir)
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   elseif has("macunix") && executable("open")
-"   call Decho("macunix and open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) macunix and open",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    call s:NetrwExe("sil !open ".s:ShellEscape(fname,1)." ".redir)
    let ret= v:shell_error
 
   else
    " netrwFileHandlers#Invoke() always returns 0
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) use netrwFileHandlers",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let ret= netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
   endif
 
   " if unsuccessful, attempt netrwFileHandlers#Invoke()
   if ret
+"   call Decho("(netrw#BrowseX) ret=".ret," indicates unsuccessful thus far",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let ret= netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
   endif
 
@@ -5416,8 +5440,9 @@ fun! netrw#BrowseX(fname,remote)
    if g:netrw_use_noswf
     setl noswf
    endif
-   exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! \<c-o>"
-"   redraw!
+   if use_ctrlo
+    exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! \<c-o>"
+   endif
   endif
 "  call Decho("restoring posn to screenposn<".string(screenposn).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   call winrestview(screenposn)
@@ -5446,11 +5471,11 @@ endfun
 " netrw#BrowseXVis: used by gx in visual mode to select a file for browsing {{{2
 fun! netrw#BrowseXVis()
 "  call Dfunc("netrw#BrowseXVis()")
-  let atkeep = @@
-  norm! gvy
-"  call Decho("@@<".@@.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-  call netrw#BrowseX(@@,netrw#CheckIfRemote(@@))
-  let @@     = atkeep
+  let akeep = @a
+  norm! gv"ay
+  let gxfile= @a
+  let @a    = akeep
+  call netrw#BrowseX(gxfile,netrw#CheckIfRemote(gxfile))
 "  call Dret("netrw#BrowseXVis")
 endfun
 
@@ -6070,13 +6095,12 @@ fun! s:NetrwSLeftrelease(islocal)
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-" s:NetrwListHide: uses [range]g~...~d to delete files that match comma {{{2
-" separated patterns given in g:netrw_list_hide
+" s:NetrwListHide: uses [range]g~...~d to delete files that match       {{{2
+"                  comma-separated patterns given in g:netrw_list_hide
 fun! s:NetrwListHide()
 "  call Dfunc("s:NetrwListHide() g:netrw_hide=".g:netrw_hide." g:netrw_list_hide<".g:netrw_list_hide.">")
 "  call Decho("initial: ".string(getline(w:netrw_bannercnt,'$')))
   let ykeep= @@
-"  call DechoBuf(bufnr("%"),"COMBAK#3")
 
   " find a character not in the "hide" string to use as a separator for :g and :v commands
   " How-it-works: take the hiding command, convert it into a range.
@@ -6085,8 +6109,8 @@ fun! s:NetrwListHide()
   " Use the first character left as a separator character.
 "  call Decho("find a character not in the hide string to use as a separator")
   let listhide= g:netrw_list_hide
-  let sep     = strpart(substitute('/~@#$%^&*{};:,<.>?|1234567890','['.escape(listhide,'-]^\').']','','ge'),1,1)
-"  call Decho("sep=".sep,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+  let sep     = strpart(substitute('~@#$%^&*{};:,<.>?|1234567890','['.escape(listhide,'-]^\').']','','ge'),1,1)
+"  call Decho("sep=".sep,"  (sep not in hide string)'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
   while listhide != ""
    if listhide =~ ','
@@ -6096,10 +6120,19 @@ fun! s:NetrwListHide()
     let hide     = listhide
     let listhide = ""
    endif
-"   call Decho("hide<".hide."> listhide<".listhide.'>','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("..extracted from listhide: hide<".hide."> g:netrw_sort_by<".g:netrw_sort_by.'>','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   if g:netrw_sort_by =~ '^[ts]'
+    if hide =~ '^\^'
+"     call Decho("..modify hide to handle a \"^...\" pattern",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+     let hide= substitute(hide,'^\^','^\(\\d\\+/\)','')
+    elseif hide =~ '^\\(\^'
+     let hide= substitute(hide,'^\\(\^','\\(^\\(\\d\\+/\\)','')
+    endif
+"    call Decho("..hide<".hide."> listhide<".listhide.'>','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+   endif
 
    " Prune the list by hiding any files which match
-"   call Decho("prune the list by hiding any files which ",((g:netrw_hide == 1)? "" : "don't")." match hide<".hide.">")
+"   call Decho("..prune the list by hiding any files which ",((g:netrw_hide == 1)? "" : "don't")." match hide<".hide.">")
    if g:netrw_hide == 1
 "    call Decho("..hiding<".hide.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g'.sep.hide.sep.'d'
@@ -6120,7 +6153,6 @@ fun! s:NetrwListHide()
   " remove any blank lines that have somehow remained.
   " This seems to happen under Windows.
   exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj 1,$g@^\s*$@d'
-"  call DechoBuf(bufnr("%"),"COMBAK#4")
 
   let @@= ykeep
 "  call Dret("s:NetrwListHide")
@@ -6328,7 +6360,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwMaps(islocal)
 
   " generate default <Plug> maps {{{3
   if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwHide')              |nmap <buffer> <silent> <nowait> a	<Plug>NetrwHide_a|endif
-  if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBrowseUpDir')       |nmap <buffer> <silent> <nowait> -	<Plug>NetrwBrowseUpDir |endif
+  if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBrowseUpDir')       |nmap <buffer> <silent> <nowait> -	<Plug>NetrwBrowseUpDir|endif
   if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwOpenFile')          |nmap <buffer> <silent> <nowait> %	<Plug>NetrwOpenFile|endif
   if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBadd_cb')           |nmap <buffer> <silent> <nowait> cb	<Plug>NetrwBadd_cb|endif
   if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBadd_cB')           |nmap <buffer> <silent> <nowait> cB	<Plug>NetrwBadd_cB|endif
@@ -6645,9 +6677,9 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFiles(islocal,...)
   while i <= a:0
    if a:islocal
     if v:version > 704 || (v:version == 704 && has("patch656"))
-     let mffiles= glob(fnameescape(a:{i}),0,1,1)
+     let mffiles= glob(a:{i},0,1,1)
     else
-     let mffiles= glob(fnameescape(a:{i}),0,1)
+     let mffiles= glob(a:{i},0,1)
     endif
    else
     let mffiles= [a:{i}]
@@ -6788,13 +6820,15 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFile(islocal,fname)
    if index(s:netrwmarkfilelist,dname) == -1
     " append new filename to global markfilelist
     call add(s:netrwmarkfilelist,s:ComposePath(b:netrw_curdir,a:fname))
-"    call Decho("append filename<".a:fname."> to global markfilelist<".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("append filename<".a:fname."> to global s:markfilelist<".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    else
     " remove new filename from global markfilelist
-"    call Decho("filter(".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).",'v:val != '.".dname.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("remove new filename from global s:markfilelist",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("..filter(".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).",'v:val != '.".dname.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     call filter(s:netrwmarkfilelist,'v:val != "'.dname.'"')
-"    call Decho("ending s:netrwmarkfilelist  <".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("..ending s:netrwmarkfilelist  <".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     if s:netrwmarkfilelist == []
+"     call Decho("s:netrwmarkfilelist is empty; unlet it",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
      unlet s:netrwmarkfilelist
     endif
    endif
@@ -6818,7 +6852,8 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFile(islocal,fname)
    endif
   endif
   let @@= ykeep
-"  call Dret("s:NetrwMarkFile : s:netrwmarkfilelist_".curbufnr."<".(exists("s:netrwmarkfilelist_{curbufnr}")? string(s:netrwmarkfilelist_{curbufnr}) : " doesn't exist").">")
+"  call Decho("s:netrwmarkfilelist[".(exists("s:netrwmarkfilelist")? string(s:netrwmarkfilelist) : "")."] (avail in all buffers)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"  call Dret("s:NetrwMarkFile : s:netrwmarkfilelist_".curbufnr."<".(exists("s:netrwmarkfilelist_{curbufnr}")? string(s:netrwmarkfilelist_{curbufnr}) : " doesn't exist").">  (buf#".curbufnr."list)")
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -7109,17 +7144,8 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFileCopy(islocal,...)
 "      call Dret("s:NetrwMarkFileCopy : lcd failure")
       return
      endif
-     if v:version < 704 || (v:version == 704 && !has("patch1107"))
-      call s:NetrwExe("sil !".g:netrw_localrmdir.g:netrw_localrmdiropt." ".s:ShellEscape(tmpdir,1))
-      if v:shell_error != 0
-       call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"consider setting g:netrw_localrmdir<".g:netrw_localrmdir."> to something that works",80)
-" "      call Dret("s:NetrwMarkFileCopy : failed: sil !".g:netrw_localrmdir." ".s:ShellEscape(tmpdir,1) )
-       return
-      endif
-     else
-      if delete(tmpdir,"d")
-       call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"unable to delete directory <".tmpdir.">!",103)
-      endif
+     if delete(tmpdir,"d")
+      call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:ERROR,"unable to delete directory <".tmpdir.">!",103)
      endif
     else
      if s:NetrwLcd(curdir)
@@ -7573,8 +7599,9 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFileGrep(islocal)
   let curdir   = s:NetrwGetCurdir(a:islocal)
 
   if exists("s:netrwmarkfilelist")
-"  call Decho("s:netrwmarkfilelist".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"   call Decho("using s:netrwmarkfilelist".string(s:netrwmarkfilelist).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let netrwmarkfilelist= join(map(deepcopy(s:netrwmarkfilelist), "fnameescape(v:val)"))
+"   call Decho("keeping copy of s:netrwmarkfilelist in function-local variable,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))"
    call s:NetrwUnmarkAll()
   else
 "   call Decho('no marked files, using "*"','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
@@ -7582,6 +7609,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwMarkFileGrep(islocal)
   endif
 
   " ask user for pattern
+"  call Decho("ask user for search pattern",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   call inputsave()
   let pat= input("Enter pattern: ","")
   call inputrestore()
@@ -8694,7 +8722,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwUpload(fname,tgt,...)
      " -i       : turns off interactive prompting from ftp
      " -n  unix : DON'T use <.netrc>, even though it exists
      " -n  win32: quit being obnoxious about password
-     NetrwKeepj norm! 1Gdd
+     NetrwKeepj norm! 1G"_dd
      call s:NetrwExe(s:netrw_silentxfer."%!".s:netrw_ftp_cmd." ".g:netrw_ftp_options)
      " If the result of the ftp operation isn't blank, show an error message (tnx to Doug Claar)
      sil NetrwKeepj g/Local directory now/d
@@ -9532,15 +9560,19 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
    " fpl: filenames per line
    " fpc: filenames per column
    setl ma noro
+   let keepa= @a
 "   call Decho("setl ma noro",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let b:netrw_cpf= 0
    if line("$") >= w:netrw_bannercnt
+    " determine the maximum filename size; use that to set cpf
     exe 'sil NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$g/^./if virtcol("$") > b:netrw_cpf|let b:netrw_cpf= virtcol("$")|endif'
     NetrwKeepj call histdel("/",-1)
    else
+    let @a= keepa
 "    call Dret("NetrwWideListing")
     return
    endif
+   " allow for two spaces to separate columns
    let b:netrw_cpf= b:netrw_cpf + 2
 "   call Decho("b:netrw_cpf=max_filename_length+2=".b:netrw_cpf,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
@@ -9560,6 +9592,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
    let newcolend   = newcolstart + fpc - 1
 "   call Decho("bannercnt=".w:netrw_bannercnt." fpl=".w:netrw_fpl." fpc=".fpc." newcol[".newcolstart.",".newcolend."]",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if has("clipboard")
+"    call Decho("(s:NetrwWideListing) save @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     sil! let keepregstar = @*
     sil! let keepregplus = @+
    endif
@@ -9567,17 +9600,19 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
     if newcolend > line("$") | let newcolend= line("$") | endif
     let newcolqty= newcolend - newcolstart
     exe newcolstart
+    " COMBAK: both of the visual-mode using lines below are problematic vis-a-vis @*
     if newcolqty == 0
-     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>$hx".w:netrw_bannercnt."G$p"
+     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>$h\"ax".w:netrw_bannercnt."G$\"ap"
     else
-     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>".newcolqty.'j$hx'.w:netrw_bannercnt.'G$p'
+     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj norm! 0\<c-v>".newcolqty.'j$h"ax'.w:netrw_bannercnt.'G$"ap'
     endif
     exe "sil! NetrwKeepj ".newcolstart.','.newcolend.'d _'
     exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt
    endwhile
    if has("clipboard")
-    sil! let @*= keepregstar
-    sil! let @+= keepregplus
+"    call Decho("(s:NetrwWideListing) restore @* and @+",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+    if @* != keepregstar | sil! let @* = keepregstar | endif
+    if @+ != keepregplus | sil! let @+ = keepregplus | endif
    endif
    exe "sil! NetrwKeepj ".w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/\s\+$//e'
    NetrwKeepj call histdel("/",-1)
@@ -9585,6 +9620,7 @@ fun! s:NetrwWideListing()
    exe 'nno <buffer> <silent> b	:call search(''^.\\|\s\s\zs\S'',''bW'')'."\<cr>"
 "   call Decho("NetrwWideListing) setl noma nomod ro",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    exe "setl ".g:netrw_bufsettings
+    let @a= keepa
 "   call Decho("ro=".&l:ro." ma=".&l:ma." mod=".&l:mod." wrap=".&l:wrap." (filename<".expand("%")."> win#".winnr()." ft<".&ft.">)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Dret("NetrwWideListing")
    return
@@ -9782,6 +9818,7 @@ fun! s:PerformListing(islocal)
        exe 'sil NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$sort!'.' '.g:netrw_sort_options
       endif
      endif
+
      " remove priority pattern prefix
 "     call Decho("remove priority pattern prefix",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
      exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/^\d\{3}'.g:netrw_sepchr.'//e'
@@ -9820,6 +9857,7 @@ fun! s:PerformListing(islocal)
 "       call Decho('exe sil NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$sort!','~'.expand("<slnum>"))
        exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$sort!'.' '.g:netrw_sort_options
       endif
+"     call Decho("remove leading digits/ (sorting) information from listing",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
      exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj '.w:netrw_bannercnt.',$s/^\d\{-}\///e'
      NetrwKeepj call histdel("/",-1)
      endif
@@ -9882,6 +9920,7 @@ fun! s:PerformListing(islocal)
 "   call Decho("exe setl ts=".(g:netrw_maxfilenamelen+1),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    exe "setl ts=".(g:netrw_maxfilenamelen+1)
   endif
+"  call Decho("PerformListing buffer:",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "  call DechoBuf(bufnr("%"))
 
   if exists("s:treecurpos")
@@ -10849,7 +10888,6 @@ fun! s:LocalListing()
   for filename in filelist
 "   call Decho(" ",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Decho("for filename in filelist: filename<".filename.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-"   call DechoBuf(bufnr("%"),"COMBAK#1")
 
    if getftype(filename) == "link"
     " indicate a symbolic link
@@ -10907,10 +10945,10 @@ fun! s:LocalListing()
 
    if w:netrw_liststyle == s:LONGLIST
     let sz   = getfsize(filename)
+    let fsz  = strpart("               ",1,15-strlen(sz)).sz
     if g:netrw_sizestyle =~# "[hH]"
      let sz= s:NetrwHumanReadable(sz)
     endif
-    let fsz     = strpart("               ",1,15-strlen(sz)).sz
     let longfile= printf("%-".(g:netrw_maxfilenamelen+1)."s",pfile)
     let pfile   = longfile.fsz." ".strftime(g:netrw_timefmt,getftime(filename))
 "    call Decho("longlist support: sz=".sz." fsz=".fsz,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
@@ -10918,10 +10956,11 @@ fun! s:LocalListing()
 
    if     g:netrw_sort_by =~# "^t"
     " sort by time (handles time up to 1 quintillion seconds, US)
+    " Decorate listing by prepending a timestamp/  .  Sorting will then be done based on time.
 "    call Decho("getftime(".filename.")=".getftime(filename),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     let t  = getftime(filename)
     let ft = strpart("000000000000000000",1,18-strlen(t)).t
-"    call Decho("exe NetrwKeepj put ='".ft.'/'.filename."'",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("exe NetrwKeepj put ='".ft.'/'.pfile."'",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     let ftpfile= ft.'/'.pfile
     sil! NetrwKeepj put=ftpfile
 
@@ -10942,7 +10981,7 @@ fun! s:LocalListing()
 "    call Decho("exe NetrwKeepj put ='".pfile."'",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     sil! NetrwKeepj put=pfile
    endif
-"   call DechoBuf(bufnr("%"),"COMBAK#2")
+"   call DechoBuf(bufnr("%"),"bufnr(%)")
   endfor
 
   " cleanup any windows mess at end-of-line
@@ -10989,9 +11028,10 @@ fun! s:NetrwLocalRename(path) range
 "  call Dfunc("NetrwLocalRename(path<".a:path.">)")
 
   " preparation for removing multiple files/directories
-  let ykeep    = @@
-  let ctr      = a:firstline
-  let svpos    = winsaveview()
+  let ykeep     = @@
+  let ctr       = a:firstline
+  let svpos     = winsaveview()
+  let all       = 0
 "  call Decho("saving posn to svpos<".string(svpos).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
   " rename files given by the markfilelist
@@ -11019,6 +11059,23 @@ fun! s:NetrwLocalRename(path) range
       let newname = substitute(oldname,subfrom,subto,'')
      endif
     endif
+    if !all && filereadable(newname)
+     call inputsave()
+      let response= input("File<".newname."> already exists; do you want to overwrite it? (y/all/n) ")
+     call inputrestore()
+     if response == "all"
+      let all= 1
+     elseif response != "y" && response != "yes"
+      " refresh the directory
+"      call Decho("refresh the directory listing",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+      NetrwKeepj call s:NetrwRefresh(1,s:NetrwBrowseChgDir(1,'./'))
+"      call Decho("restoring posn to svpos<".string(svpos).">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+      NetrwKeepj call winrestview(svpos)
+      let @@= ykeep
+"      call Dret("NetrwLocalRename")
+      return
+     endif
+    endif
     call rename(oldname,newname)
    endfor
    call s:NetrwUnmarkList(bufnr("%"),b:netrw_curdir)
@@ -11042,14 +11099,14 @@ fun! s:NetrwLocalRename(path) range
 
     NetrwKeepj norm! 0
     let oldname= s:ComposePath(a:path,curword)
-"   call Decho("oldname<".oldname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("oldname<".oldname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
     call inputsave()
     let newname= input("Moving ".oldname." to : ",substitute(oldname,'/*$','','e'))
     call inputrestore()
 
     call rename(oldname,newname)
-"   call Decho("renaming <".oldname."> to <".newname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+"    call Decho("renaming <".oldname."> to <".newname.">",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 
     let ctr= ctr + 1
    endwhile
@@ -11259,7 +11316,9 @@ fun! netrw#Expose(varname)
 "   call Dfunc("netrw#Expose(varname<".a:varname.">)")
   if exists("s:".a:varname)
    exe "let retval= s:".a:varname
+"   call Decho("retval=".retval,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    if exists("g:netrw_pchk")
+"    call Decho("type(g:netrw_pchk=".g:netrw_pchk.")=".type(retval),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     if type(retval) == 3
      let retval = copy(retval)
      let i      = 0
@@ -11268,10 +11327,13 @@ fun! netrw#Expose(varname)
       let i        = i + 1
      endwhile
     endif
-"     call Dret("netrw#Expose ".string(retval))
+"     call Dret("netrw#Expose ".string(retval)),'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
     return string(retval)
+   else
+"    call Decho("g:netrw_pchk doesn't exist",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    endif
   else
+"   call Decho("s:".a:varname." doesn't exist",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    let retval= "n/a"
   endif
 
@@ -11832,6 +11894,9 @@ fun! s:NetrwExe(cmd)
 "   call Decho("exe ".a:cmd,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
    exe a:cmd
   endif
+  if v:shell_error
+   call netrw#ErrorMsg(s:WARNING,"shell signalled an error",106)
+  endif
 "  call Dret("s:NetrwExe : v:shell_error=".v:shell_error)
 endfun
 

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
 " Date:		Nov 09, 2016
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 " Version:	16
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,

runtime/autoload/netrw_gitignore.vim

@@ -18,61 +18,5 @@
 "               holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use
 "               of this software.
 function! netrw_gitignore#Hide(...)
-  let additional_files = a:000
-
-  let default_files = ['.gitignore', '.git/info/exclude']
-
-  " get existing global/system gitignore files
-  let global_gitignore = expand(substitute(system("git config --global core.excludesfile"), '\n', '', 'g'))
-  if global_gitignore !=# ''
-    let default_files = add(default_files, global_gitignore)
-  endif
-  let system_gitignore = expand(substitute(system("git config --system core.excludesfile"), '\n', '', 'g'))
-  if system_gitignore !=# ''
-    let default_files = add(default_files, system_gitignore)
-  endif
-
-  " append additional files if given as function arguments
-  if additional_files !=# []
-    let files = extend(default_files, additional_files)
-  else
-    let files = default_files
-  endif
-
-  " keep only existing/readable files
-  let gitignore_files = []
-  for file in files
-    if filereadable(file)
-      let gitignore_files = add(gitignore_files, file)
-    endif
-  endfor
-
-  " get contents of gitignore patterns from those files
-  let gitignore_lines = []
-  for file in gitignore_files
-    for line in readfile(file)
-      " filter empty lines and comments
-      if line !~# '^#' && line !~# '^$'
-        let gitignore_lines = add(gitignore_lines, line)
-      endif
-    endfor
-  endfor
-
-  " convert gitignore patterns to Netrw/Vim regex patterns
-  let escaped_lines = []
-  for line in gitignore_lines
-    let escaped = line
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\*\*', '*', 'g')
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\.', '\\.', 'g')
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\$', '\\$', 'g')
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '*', '.*', 'g')
-    " correction: dot, dollar and asterisks chars shouldn't be escaped when
-    " within regex matching groups.
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\\\.', '\.', 'g')
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\\\$', '\$', 'g')
-    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\.\*', '*', 'g')
-    let escaped_lines = add(escaped_lines, escaped)
-  endfor
-
-  return join(escaped_lines, ',')
+  return substitute(substitute(system('git ls-files --other --ignored --exclude-standard --directory'), '\n', ',', 'g'), ',$', '', '')
 endfunction

runtime/autoload/rubycomplete.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Mark Guzman <segfault@hasno.info>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		2019 Jan 06
+" Last Change:		2019 Feb 25
 " ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "
 " Ruby IRB/Complete author: Keiju ISHITSUKA(keiju@ishitsuka.com)
@@ -53,6 +53,23 @@ if !exists("g:rubycomplete_include_objectspace")
 endif
 " }}} configuration failsafe initialization
 
+" {{{ regex patterns
+
+" Regex that defines the start-match for the 'end' keyword.
+let s:end_start_regex =
+      \ '\C\%(^\s*\|[=,*/%+\-|;{]\|<<\|>>\|:\s\)\s*\zs' .
+      \ '\<\%(module\|class\|if\|for\|while\|until\|case\|unless\|begin' .
+      \   '\|\%(\K\k*[!?]\?\s\+\)\=def\):\@!\>' .
+      \ '\|\%(^\|[^.:@$]\)\@<=\<do:\@!\>'
+
+" Regex that defines the middle-match for the 'end' keyword.
+let s:end_middle_regex = '\<\%(ensure\|else\|\%(\%(^\|;\)\s*\)\@<=\<rescue:\@!\>\|when\|elsif\):\@!\>'
+
+" Regex that defines the end-match for the 'end' keyword.
+let s:end_end_regex = '\%(^\|[^.:@$]\)\@<=\<end:\@!\>'
+
+" }}} regex patterns
+
 " {{{ vim-side support functions
 let s:rubycomplete_debug = 0
 
@@ -103,7 +120,7 @@ function! s:GetBufferRubyEntity( name, type, ... )
     endif
 
     let curpos = getpos(".")
-    let [enum,ecol] = searchpairpos( crex, '', '\(end\|}\)', 'W' )
+    let [enum,ecol] = searchpairpos( s:end_start_regex, s:end_middle_regex, s:end_end_regex, 'W' )
     call cursor(lastpos[1], lastpos[2])
 
     if lnum > enum
@@ -128,19 +145,28 @@ function! s:IsPosInClassDef(pos)
     return ret
 endfunction
 
+function! s:IsInComment(pos)
+    let stack = synstack(a:pos[0], a:pos[1])
+    if !empty(stack)
+        return synIDattr(stack[0], 'name') =~ 'ruby\%(.*Comment\|Documentation\)'
+    else
+        return 0
+    endif
+endfunction
+
 function! s:GetRubyVarType(v)
     let stopline = 1
     let vtp = ''
-    let pos = getpos('.')
+    let curpos = getpos('.')
     let sstr = '^\s*#\s*@var\s*'.escape(a:v, '*').'\>\s\+[^ \t]\+\s*$'
     let [lnum,lcol] = searchpos(sstr,'nb',stopline)
     if lnum != 0 && lcol != 0
-        call setpos('.',pos)
+        call setpos('.',curpos)
         let str = getline(lnum)
         let vtp = substitute(str,sstr,'\1','')
         return vtp
     endif
-    call setpos('.',pos)
+    call setpos('.',curpos)
     let ctors = '\(now\|new\|open\|get_instance'
     if exists('g:rubycomplete_rails') && g:rubycomplete_rails == 1 && s:rubycomplete_rails_loaded == 1
         let ctors = ctors.'\|find\|create'
@@ -150,9 +176,13 @@ function! s:GetRubyVarType(v)
 
     let fstr = '=\s*\([^ \t]\+.' . ctors .'\>\|[\[{"''/]\|%[xwQqr][(\[{@]\|[A-Za-z0-9@:\-()\.]\+...\?\|lambda\|&\)'
     let sstr = ''.escape(a:v, '*').'\>\s*[+\-*/]*'.fstr
-    let [lnum,lcol] = searchpos(sstr,'nb',stopline)
-    if lnum != 0 && lcol != 0
-        let str = matchstr(getline(lnum),fstr,lcol)
+    let pos = searchpos(sstr,'bW')
+    while pos != [0,0] && s:IsInComment(pos)
+        let pos = searchpos(sstr,'bW')
+    endwhile
+    if pos != [0,0]
+        let [lnum, col] = pos
+        let str = matchstr(getline(lnum),fstr,col)
         let str = substitute(str,'^=\s*','','')
 
         call setpos('.',pos)
@@ -174,7 +204,7 @@ function! s:GetRubyVarType(v)
         end
         return ''
     endif
-    call setpos('.',pos)
+    call setpos('.',curpos)
     return ''
 endfunction
 
@@ -671,11 +701,10 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
           methods.delete_if { |c| c.match( /'/ ) }
         end
 
-      when /^::([A-Z][^:\.\(]*)$/ # Absolute Constant or class methods
+      when /^::([A-Z][^:\.\(]*)?$/ # Absolute Constant or class methods
         dprint "const or cls"
         receiver = $1
-        methods = Object.constants
-        methods.grep(/^#{receiver}/).collect{|e| "::" + e}
+        methods = Object.constants.collect{ |c| c.to_s }.grep(/^#{receiver}/)
 
       when /^(((::)?[A-Z][^:.\(]*)+?)::?([^:.]*)$/ # Constant or class methods
         receiver = $1
@@ -684,13 +713,13 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
         load_buffer_class( receiver )
         load_buffer_module( receiver )
         begin
-          classes = eval("#{receiver}.constants")
-          #methods = eval("#{receiver}.methods")
+          constants = eval("#{receiver}.constants").collect{ |c| c.to_s }.grep(/^#{message}/)
+          methods = eval("#{receiver}.methods").collect{ |m| m.to_s }.grep(/^#{message}/)
         rescue Exception
           dprint "exception: %s" % $!
+          constants = []
           methods = []
         end
-        methods.grep(/^#{message}/).collect{|e| receiver + "::" + e}
 
       when /^(:[^:.]+)\.([^.]*)$/ # Symbol
         dprint "symbol"

runtime/autoload/tar.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 " tar.vim: Handles browsing tarfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:			Apr 17, 2013
-" Version:		29
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
-" License:		Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
+" Date:		Jan 07, 2020
+" Version:	32
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
+" License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 "
 "	Contains many ideas from Michael Toren's <tar.vim>
 "
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2017 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tar")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_tar= "v29"
+let g:loaded_tar= "v32"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of tar needs vim 7.2"
@@ -48,6 +48,9 @@ endif
 if !exists("g:tar_writeoptions")
  let g:tar_writeoptions= "uf"
 endif
+if !exists("g:tar_delfile")
+ let g:tar_delfile="--delete -f"
+endif
 if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin")
  if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
   if &shell =~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$'
@@ -109,6 +112,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   " sanity checks
   if !executable(g:tar_cmd)
    redraw!
+"   call Decho('***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system')
    echohl Error | echo '***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system'
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Browse")
@@ -119,6 +123,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
    if a:tarfile !~# '^\a\+://'
     " if it's an url, don't complain, let url-handlers such as vim do its thing
     redraw!
+"    call Decho("***error*** (tar#Browse) File not readable<".a:tarfile.">")
     echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Browse) File not readable<".a:tarfile.">" | echohl None
    endif
    let &report= repkeep
@@ -152,12 +157,27 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
    " assuming cygwin
    let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
-
   let curlast= line("$")
-  if tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
-    let gzip_command = s:get_gzip_command(tarfile)
+
+  if tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\)$'
 "   call Decho("1: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "sil! r! " . gzip_command . " -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(tgz\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(tbz\)$' || tarfile =~# '\.\(txz\)$'
+   if has("unix") && executable("file")
+    let filekind= system("file ".shellescape(tarfile,1)) =~ "bzip2"
+   else
+    let filekind= ""
+   endif
+
+   if filekind =~ "bzip2"
+    exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   elseif filekind =~ "XZ"
+    exe "sil! r! xz -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   else
+    exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   endif
+
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp'
 "   call Decho("2: exe silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
    exe "sil! r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
@@ -184,7 +204,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
 "   call Dret("tar#Browse : a:tarfile<".a:tarfile.">")
    return
   endif
-  if line("$") == curlast || ( line("$") == (curlast + 1) && getline("$") =~ '\c\%(warning\|error\|inappropriate\|unrecognized\)')
+  if line("$") == curlast || ( line("$") == (curlast + 1) && getline("$") =~# '\c\%(warning\|error\|inappropriate\|unrecognized\)')
    redraw!
    echohl WarningMsg | echo "***warning*** (tar#Browse) ".a:tarfile." doesn't appear to be a tar file" | echohl None
    keepj sil! %d
@@ -197,8 +217,13 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
    return
   endif
 
+  " set up maps supported for tar
   setlocal noma nomod ro
-  noremap <silent> <buffer> <cr> :call <SID>TarBrowseSelect()<cr>
+  noremap <silent> <buffer>	<cr>		:call <SID>TarBrowseSelect()<cr>
+  noremap <silent> <buffer>	x	 	:call tar#Extract()<cr>       
+  if &mouse != ""
+   noremap <silent> <buffer>	<leftmouse>	<leftmouse>:call <SID>TarBrowseSelect()<cr>
+  endif
 
   let &report= repkeep
 "  call Dret("tar#Browse : b:tarfile<".b:tarfile.">")
@@ -235,7 +260,8 @@ fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
    let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
 
-  new
+  " open a new window (tar#Read will read a file into it)
+  noswapfile new
   if !exists("g:tar_nomax") || g:tar_nomax == 0
    wincmd _
   endif
@@ -267,7 +293,7 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   if  fname =~ '\.bz2$' && executable("bzcat")
    let decmp= "|bzcat"
    let doro = 1
-  elseif      fname =~ '\.gz$'  && executable("zcat")
+  elseif      fname =~ '\.t\=gz$'  && executable("zcat")
    let decmp= "|zcat"
    let doro = 1
   elseif  fname =~ '\.lzma$' && executable("lzcat")
@@ -291,20 +317,29 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   endif
 
   if tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
-"   call Decho("7: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
    exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
-  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
-    let gzip_command = s:get_gzip_command(tarfile)
-"   call Decho("5: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd.' -'.g:tar_readoptions.' - '.tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1))
-   exe "sil! r! " . gzip_command . " -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\)$'
+   exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\(\.tgz\|\.tbz\|\.txz\)'
+   if has("unix") && executable("file")
+    let filekind= system("file ".shellescape(tarfile,1))
+   else
+    let filekind= ""
+   endif
+   if filekind =~ "bzip2"
+    exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   elseif filekind =~ "XZ"
+    exe "sil! r! xz -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   else
+    exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   endif
+
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp$'
-"   call Decho("6: exe silent r! cat ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
    exe "sil! r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma$'
-"   call Decho("7: exe silent r! lzma -d -c ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
    exe "sil! r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(xz\|txz\)$'
-"   call Decho("3: exe silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
    exe "sil! r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   else
    if tarfile =~ '^\s*-'
@@ -348,13 +383,14 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   " sanity checks
   if !executable(g:tar_cmd)
    redraw!
-   echohl Error | echo '***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system'
+"   call Decho('***error*** (tar#Browse) "'.g:tar_cmd.'" not available on your system')
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Write")
    return
   endif
   if !exists("*mkdir")
    redraw!
+"   call Decho("***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, mkdir() doesn't work on your system")
    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, mkdir() doesn't work on your system" | echohl None
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Write")
@@ -375,6 +411,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
    exe "cd ".fnameescape(tmpdir)
   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E344/
    redraw!
+"   call Decho("***error*** (tar#Write) cannot cd to temporary directory")
    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) cannot cd to temporary directory" | Echohl None
    let &report= repkeep
 "   call Dret("tar#Write")
@@ -393,8 +430,6 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
   let tarfile = substitute(b:tarfile,'tarfile:\(.\{-}\)::.*$','\1','')
   let fname   = substitute(b:tarfile,'tarfile:.\{-}::\(.*\)$','\1','')
 
-  let gzip_command = s:get_gzip_command(tarfile)
-
   " handle compressed archives
   if tarfile =~# '\.bz2'
    call system("bzip2 -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
@@ -402,12 +437,12 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
    let compress= "bzip2 -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
 "   call Decho("compress<".compress.">")
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.gz'
-   call system(gzip_command . " -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
+   call system("gzip -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
    let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.gz','','e')
    let compress= "gzip -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
 "   call Decho("compress<".compress.">")
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.tgz'
-   call system(gzip_command . " -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
+   call system("gzip -d -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
    let tarfile = substitute(tarfile,'\.tgz','.tar','e')
    let compress= "gzip -- ".shellescape(tarfile,0)
    let tgz     = 1
@@ -427,6 +462,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
 
   if v:shell_error != 0
    redraw!
+"   call Decho("***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".tarfile." with ".fname)
    echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".tarfile." with ".fname | echohl None
   else
 
@@ -459,10 +495,11 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
    endif
  
    " delete old file from tarfile
-"   call Decho("system(".g:tar_cmd." --delete -f ".shellescape(tarfile,0)." -- ".shellescape(fname,0).")")
-   call system(g:tar_cmd." --delete -f ".shellescape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
+"   call Decho("system(".g:tar_cmd." ".g:tar_delfile." ".shellescape(tarfile,0)." -- ".shellescape(fname,0).")")
+   call system(g:tar_cmd." ".g:tar_delfile." ".shellescape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
    if v:shell_error != 0
     redraw!
+"    call Decho("***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname))
     echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname) | echohl None
    else
  
@@ -471,6 +508,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
     call system(g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_writeoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,0).tar_secure.shellescape(fname,0))
     if v:shell_error != 0
      redraw!
+"     call Decho("***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname))
      echohl Error | echo "***error*** (tar#Write) sorry, unable to update ".fnameescape(tarfile)." with ".fnameescape(fname) | echohl None
     elseif exists("compress")
 "     call Decho("call system(".compress.")")
@@ -486,11 +524,11 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
    if s:tblfile_{winnr()} =~ '^\a\+://'
 "    call Decho("handle writing <".tarfile."> across network to <".s:tblfile_{winnr()}.">")
     let tblfile= s:tblfile_{winnr()}
-    1split|enew
+    1split|noswapfile enew
     let binkeep= &l:binary
     let eikeep = &ei
     set binary ei=all
-    exe "e! ".fnameescape(tarfile)
+    exe "noswapfile e! ".fnameescape(tarfile)
     call netrw#NetWrite(tblfile)
     let &ei       = eikeep
     let &l:binary = binkeep
@@ -524,7 +562,7 @@ fun! tar#Diff(userfname,fname)
    " sets up b:tardiff_otherbuf variables so each buffer knows about the other (for closing purposes)
    diffthis
    wincmd v
-   exe "e ".fnameescape(fname)
+   exe "noswapfile e ".fnameescape(fname)
    diffthis
   else
    redraw!
@@ -533,6 +571,119 @@ fun! tar#Diff(userfname,fname)
 "  call Dret("tar#Diff")
 endfun
 
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" tar#Extract: extract a file from a (possibly compressed) tar archive {{{2
+fun! tar#Extract()
+"  call Dfunc("tar#Extract()")
+
+  let repkeep= &report
+  set report=10
+  let fname= getline(".")
+"  call Decho("fname<".fname.">")
+
+  if !exists("g:tar_secure") && fname =~ '^\s*-\|\s\+-'
+   redraw!
+   echohl WarningMsg | echo '***warning*** (tar#BrowseSelect) rejecting tarfile member<'.fname.'> because of embedded "-"'
+"   call Dret('tar#BrowseSelect : rejecting tarfile member<'.fname.'> because of embedded "-"')
+   return
+  endif
+
+  " sanity check
+  if fname =~ '^"'
+   let &report= repkeep
+"   call Dret("TarBrowseSelect")
+   return
+  endif
+
+  let tarball = expand("%")
+"  call Decho("tarball<".tarball.">")
+  let tarbase = substitute(tarball,'\..*$','','')
+"  call Decho("tarbase<".tarbase.">")
+
+  let extractcmd= netrw#WinPath(g:tar_extractcmd)
+  if filereadable(tarbase.".tar")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tgz")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-z","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tgz ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tgz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tgz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd."t ".tarbase.".tgz ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.gz")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-z","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.gz ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.gz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.gz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.gz ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tbz")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-j","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tbz ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tbz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd."j ".tarbase.".tbz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd."j ".tarbase.".tbz ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.bz2")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-j","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.bz2 ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.bz2 ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd."j ".tarbase.".tar.bz2 ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd."j ".tarbase.".tar.bz2 ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".txz")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-J","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".txz ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".txz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".txz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".txz ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+
+  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.xz")
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-J","")
+"   call Decho("system(".extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.xz ".shellescape(fname).")")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.xz ".shellescape(fname))
+   if v:shell_error != 0
+    echohl Error | echo "***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.xz ".fname.": failed!" | echohl NONE
+"    call Decho("***error*** ".extractcmd." ".tarbase.".tar.xz ".fname.": failed!")
+   else
+    echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
+   endif
+  endif
+
+  " restore option
+  let &report= repkeep
+
+"  call Dret("tar#Extract")
+endfun
+
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " s:Rmdir: {{{2
 fun! s:Rmdir(fname)
@@ -587,10 +738,7 @@ fun! tar#Vimuntar(...)
 
   " if necessary, decompress the tarball; then, extract it
   if tartail =~ '\.tgz'
-   let gzip_command = s:get_gzip_command(tarfile)
-   if executable(gzip_command)
-    silent exe "!" . gzip_command . " -d ".shellescape(tartail)
-   elseif executable("gunzip")
+   if executable("gunzip")
     silent exe "!gunzip ".shellescape(tartail)
    elseif executable("gzip")
     silent exe "!gzip -d ".shellescape(tartail)
@@ -628,28 +776,6 @@ fun! tar#Vimuntar(...)
 "  call Dret("tar#Vimuntar")
 endfun
 
-func s:get_gzip_command(file)
-  " Try using the "file" command to get the actual compression type, since
-  " there is no standard way for the naming: ".tgz", ".tbz", ".txz", etc.
-  " If the "file" command doesn't work fall back to just using the file name.
-  if a:file =~# 'z$'
-    let filetype = system('file ' . a:file)
-    if filetype =~ 'bzip2 compressed' && executable('bzip2')
-      return 'bzip2'
-    endif
-    if filetype =~ 'XZ compressed' && executable('xz')
-      return 'xz'
-    endif
-  endif
-  if a:file =~# 'bz2$'
-    return 'bzip2'
-  endif
-  if a:file =~# 'xz$'
-    return 'xz'
-  endif
-  return 'gzip'
-endfunc
-
 " =====================================================================
 " Modelines And Restoration: {{{1
 let &cpo= s:keepcpo

runtime/autoload/tohtml.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for the tohtml plugin.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2018 Nov 11
+" Last Change: 2019 Aug 16
 "
 " Additional contributors:
 "
@@ -364,6 +364,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   let body_line = ''
 
   let html = []
+  let s:html5 = 0
   if s:settings.use_xhtml
     call add(html, xml_line)
   endif
@@ -371,8 +372,9 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\">")
     call add(html, '<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">')
   elseif s:settings.use_css && !s:settings.no_pre
-    call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd\">")
+    call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html>")
     call add(html, '<html>')
+    let s:html5 = 1
   else
     call add(html, '<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"')
     call add(html, '  "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">')
@@ -383,7 +385,11 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   " include encoding as close to the top as possible, but only if not already
   " contained in XML information
   if s:settings.encoding != "" && !s:settings.use_xhtml
-    call add(html, "<meta http-equiv=\"content-type\" content=\"text/html; charset=" . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+    if s:html5
+      call add(html, '<meta charset="' . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+    else
+      call add(html, "<meta http-equiv=\"content-type\" content=\"text/html; charset=" . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+    endif
   endif
 
   call add(html, '<title>diff</title>')
@@ -392,6 +398,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   call add(html, '<meta name="settings" content="'.
 	\ join(filter(keys(s:settings),'s:settings[v:val]'),',').
 	\ ',prevent_copy='.s:settings.prevent_copy.
+	\ ',use_input_for_pc='.s:settings.use_input_for_pc.
 	\ '"'.tag_close)
   call add(html, '<meta name="colorscheme" content="'.
 	\ (exists('g:colors_name')
@@ -400,16 +407,8 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
 
   call add(html, '</head>')
   let body_line_num = len(html)
-  if !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
-    call add(html, "<body onload='FixCharWidth();".(s:settings.line_ids ? " JumpToLine();" : "")."'>")
-    call add(html, "<!-- hidden divs used by javascript to get the width of a char -->")
-    call add(html, "<div id='oneCharWidth'>0</div>")
-    call add(html, "<div id='oneInputWidth'><input size='1' value='0'".tag_close."</div>")
-    call add(html, "<div id='oneEmWidth' style='width: 1em;'></div>")
-  else
-    call add(html, '<body'.(s:settings.line_ids ? ' onload="JumpToLine();"' : '').'>')
-  endif
-  call add(html, "<table border='1' width='100%' id='vimCodeElement".s:settings.id_suffix."'>")
+  call add(html, '<body'.(s:settings.line_ids ? ' onload="JumpToLine();"' : '').'>')
+  call add(html, "<table ".(s:settings.use_css? "" : "border='1' width='100%' ")."id='vimCodeElement".s:settings.id_suffix."'>")
 
   call add(html, '<tr>')
   for buf in a:win_list
@@ -443,7 +442,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " Grab the style information. Some of this will be duplicated so only insert
     " it if it's not already there. {{{
     1
-    let style_start = search('^<style type="text/css">')
+    let style_start = search('^<style\( type="text/css"\)\?>')
     1
     let style_end = search('^</style>')
     if style_start > 0 && style_end > 0
@@ -481,7 +480,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " TODO: restore using grabbed lines if undolevel is 1?
     normal! 2u
     if s:settings.use_css
-      call add(html, '<td valign="top"><div>')
+      call add(html, '<td><div>')
     elseif s:settings.use_xhtml
       call add(html, '<td nowrap="nowrap" valign="top"><div>')
     else
@@ -515,7 +514,13 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     let name = substitute(name, '\d*\.x\?html$', '', '') . i . '.' . fnamemodify(copy(name), ":t:e")
     let i += 1
   endwhile
+
+  let s:ei_sav = &eventignore
+  set eventignore+=FileType
   exe "topleft new " . name
+  let &eventignore=s:ei_sav
+  unlet s:ei_sav
+
   setlocal modifiable
 
   " just in case some user autocmd creates content in the new buffer, make sure
@@ -544,7 +549,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " add required javascript in reverse order so we can just call append again
     " and again without adjusting {{{
 
-    let s:uses_script = s:settings.dynamic_folds || s:settings.line_ids || !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
+    let s:uses_script = s:settings.dynamic_folds || s:settings.line_ids
 
     " insert script closing tag if needed
     if s:uses_script
@@ -555,31 +560,6 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
 	    \ ])
     endif
 
-    " insert script which corrects the size of small input elements in
-    " prevent_copy mode. See 2html.vim for details on why this is needed and how
-    " it works.
-    if !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ '',
-	    \ '/* simulate a "ch" unit by asking the browser how big a zero character is */',
-	    \ 'function FixCharWidth() {',
-	    \ '  /* get the hidden element which gives the width of a single character */',
-	    \ '  var goodWidth = document.getElementById("oneCharWidth").clientWidth;',
-	    \ '  /* get all input elements, we''ll filter on class later */',
-	    \ '  var inputTags = document.getElementsByTagName("input");',
-	    \ '  var ratio = 5;',
-	    \ '  var inputWidth = document.getElementById("oneInputWidth").clientWidth;',
-	    \ '  var emWidth = document.getElementById("oneEmWidth").clientWidth;',
-	    \ '  if (inputWidth > goodWidth) {',
-	    \ '    while (ratio < 100*goodWidth/emWidth && ratio < 100) {',
-	    \ '      ratio += 5;',
-	    \ '    }',
-	    \ '    document.getElementById("vimCodeElement'.s:settings.id_suffix.'").className = "em"+ratio;',
-	    \ '  }',
-	    \ '}'
-	    \ ])
-    endif
-
     " insert javascript to get IDs from line numbers, and to open a fold before
     " jumping to any lines contained therein
     if s:settings.line_ids
@@ -659,10 +639,9 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     endif
 
     if s:uses_script
-      " insert script tag; javascript is always needed for the line number
-      " normalization for URL hashes
+      " insert script tag if needed
       call append(style_start, [
-	    \ "<script type='text/javascript'>",
+	    \ "<script" . (s:html5 ? "" : " type='text/javascript'") . ">",
 	    \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "<!--"])
     endif
 
@@ -673,11 +652,13 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " is pretty useless for really long lines. {{{
     if s:settings.use_css
       call append(style_start,
-	    \ ['<style type="text/css">']+
+	    \ ['<style' . (s:html5 ? '' : 'type="text/css"') . '>']+
 	    \ style+
 	    \ [ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '<!--',
 	    \   'table { table-layout: fixed; }',
 	    \   'html, body, table, tbody { width: 100%; margin: 0; padding: 0; }',
+	    \   'table, td, th { border: 1px solid; }',
+	    \   'td { vertical-align: top; }',
 	    \   'th, td { width: '.printf("%.1f",100.0/len(a:win_list)).'%; }',
 	    \   'td div { overflow: auto; }',
 	    \   s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '-->',
@@ -720,21 +701,22 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
     endif
 
     " get current option settings with appropriate defaults {{{
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,    'no_progress', !has("statusline") )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'diff_one_file', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'number_lines', &number )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,       'pre_wrap', &wrap )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,        'use_css', 1 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_conceal', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_folding', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'dynamic_folds', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'no_foldcolumn', user_settings.ignore_folding)
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'hover_unfold', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,         'no_pre', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'no_invalid', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'whole_filler', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'use_xhtml', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,       'line_ids', user_settings.number_lines )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,       'no_progress', !has("statusline") )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'diff_one_file', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'number_lines', &number )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,          'pre_wrap', &wrap )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,           'use_css', 1 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,    'ignore_conceal', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,    'ignore_folding', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'dynamic_folds', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'no_foldcolumn', user_settings.ignore_folding)
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'hover_unfold', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,            'no_pre', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,        'no_invalid', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'whole_filler', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,         'use_xhtml', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,          'line_ids', user_settings.number_lines )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'use_input_for_pc', 'fallback')
     " }}}
     
     " override those settings that need it {{{
@@ -868,6 +850,16 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
       let user_settings.no_invalid = 0
     endif
 
+    " enforce valid values for use_input_for_pc
+    if user_settings.use_input_for_pc !~# 'fallback\|none\|all'
+      let user_settings.use_input_for_pc = 'fallback'
+      echohl WarningMsg
+      echomsg '2html: "' . g:html_use_input_for_pc . '" is not valid for g:html_use_input_for_pc'
+      echomsg '2html: defaulting to "' . user_settings.use_input_for_pc . '"'
+      echohl None
+      sleep 3
+    endif
+
     if exists('g:html_id_expr')
       let user_settings.id_suffix = eval(g:html_id_expr)
       if user_settings.id_suffix !~ '^[-_:.A-Za-z0-9]*$'

runtime/autoload/xmlformat.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim plugin for formatting XML
-" Last Change: Thu, 07 Dec 2018
-"     Version: 0.1
+" Last Change: 2019 Oct 24
+"     Version: 0.2
 "      Author: Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 "  Repository: https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-xml-ftplugin
 "     License: VIM License
@@ -22,44 +22,73 @@ func! xmlformat#Format()
     " do not fall back to internal formatting
     return 0
   endif
+  let count_orig = v:count
   let sw  = shiftwidth()
   let prev = prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)
   let s:indent = indent(prev)/sw
   let result = []
   let lastitem = prev ? getline(prev) : ''
   let is_xml_decl = 0
-  " split on `<`, but don't split on very first opening <
-  for item in split(join(getline(v:lnum, (v:lnum + v:count - 1))), '.\@<=[>]\zs')
-    if s:EndTag(item)
-      let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
-      call add(result, s:Indent(item))
-    elseif s:EmptyTag(lastitem)
-      call add(result, s:Indent(item))
-    elseif s:StartTag(lastitem) && s:IsTag(item)
-      let s:indent += 1
-      call add(result, s:Indent(item))
-     else
-       if !s:IsTag(item)
-         " Simply split on '<'
-         let t=split(item, '.<\@=\zs')
-         let s:indent+=1
-         call add(result, s:Indent(t[0]))
-         let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
-         call add(result, s:Indent(t[1]))
-       else
+  " go through every line, but don't join all content together and join it
+  " back. We might lose empty lines
+  let list = getline(v:lnum, (v:lnum + count_orig - 1))
+  let current = 0
+  for line in list
+    " Keep empty input lines?
+    if empty(line)
+      call add(result, '')
+      continue
+    elseif line !~# '<[/]\?[^>]*>'
+      let nextmatch = match(list, '<[/]\?[^>]*>', current)
+      let line .= join(list[(current + 1):(nextmatch-1)], "\n")
+      call remove(list, current+1, nextmatch-1)
+    endif
+    " split on `>`, but don't split on very first opening <
+    " this means, items can be like ['<tag>', 'tag content</tag>']
+    for item in split(line, '.\@<=[>]\zs')
+      if s:EndTag(item)
+        let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
         call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+      elseif s:EmptyTag(lastitem)
+        call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+      elseif s:StartTag(lastitem) && s:IsTag(item)
+        let s:indent += 1
+        call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+      else
+        if !s:IsTag(item)
+          " Simply split on '<', if there is one,
+          " but reformat according to &textwidth
+          let t=split(item, '.<\@=\zs')
+          " t should only contain 2 items, but just be safe here
+          if s:IsTag(lastitem)
+            let s:indent+=1
+          endif
+          let result+=s:FormatContent([t[0]])
+          if s:EndTag(t[1])
+            let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
+          endif
+          "for y in t[1:]
+            let result+=s:FormatContent(t[1:])
+          "endfor
+        else
+          call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+        endif
       endif
-     endif
-     let lastitem = item
-   endfor
+      let lastitem = item
+    endfor
+    let current += 1
+  endfor
 
-   if !empty(result)
-    exe v:lnum. ",". (v:lnum + v:count - 1). 'd'
+  if !empty(result)
+    let lastprevline = getline(v:lnum + count_orig)
+    let delete_lastline = v:lnum + count_orig - 1 == line('$')
+    exe v:lnum. ",". (v:lnum + count_orig - 1). 'd'
     call append(v:lnum - 1, result)
     " Might need to remove the last line, if it became empty because of the
     " append() call
     let last = v:lnum + len(result)
-    if getline(last) is ''
+    " do not use empty(), it returns true for `empty(0)`
+    if getline(last) is '' && lastprevline is '' && delete_lastline
       exe last. 'd'
     endif
   endif
@@ -88,6 +117,7 @@ func! s:StartTag(tag)
   let is_comment = s:IsComment(a:tag)
   return a:tag =~? '^\s*<[^/?]' && !is_comment
 endfunc
+" Check if tag is a Comment start {{{1
 func! s:IsComment(tag)
   return a:tag =~? '<!--'
 endfunc
@@ -108,6 +138,43 @@ endfunc
 func! s:EmptyTag(tag)
   return a:tag =~ '/>\s*$'
 endfunc
+" Format input line according to textwidth {{{1
+func! s:FormatContent(list)
+  let result=[]
+  let limit = 80
+  if &textwidth > 0
+    let limit = &textwidth
+  endif
+  let column=0
+  let idx = -1
+  let add_indent = 0
+  let cnt = 0
+  for item in a:list
+    for word in split(item, '\s\+\S\+\zs') 
+      let column += strdisplaywidth(word, column)
+      if match(word, "^\\s*\n\\+\\s*$") > -1
+        call add(result, '')
+        let idx += 1
+        let column = 0
+        let add_indent = 1
+      elseif column > limit || cnt == 0
+        let add = s:Indent(s:Trim(word))
+        call add(result, add)
+        let column = strdisplaywidth(add)
+        let idx += 1
+      else
+        if add_indent
+          let result[idx] = s:Indent(s:Trim(word))
+        else
+          let result[idx] .= ' '. s:Trim(word)
+        endif
+        let add_indent = 0
+      endif
+      let cnt += 1
+    endfor
+  endfor
+  return result
+endfunc
 " Restoration And Modelines: {{{1
 let &cpo= s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/autoload/zip.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 " zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:		Sep 13, 2016
-" Version:	28
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" Date:		Jan 07, 2020
+" Version:	30
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NcampObell@SdrPchip.AorgM-NOSPAM>
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2013 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2019 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zip")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_zip= "v28"
+let g:loaded_zip= "v30"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of zip needs vim 7.2 or later"
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)
   " sanity check: ensure that the zipfile has "PK" as its first two letters
   "               (zipped files have a leading PK as a "magic cookie")
   if !filereadable(a:zipfile) || readfile(a:zipfile, "", 1)[0] !~ '^PK'
-   exe "noautocmd e ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)
+   exe "noswapfile noautocmd noswapfile e ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)
 "   call Dret("zip#Browse : not a zipfile<".a:zipfile.">")
    return
 "  else        " Decho
@@ -141,8 +141,11 @@ fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)
 
   " Maps associated with zip plugin
   setlocal noma nomod ro
-  noremap <silent> <buffer> <cr>	:call <SID>ZipBrowseSelect()<cr>
-  noremap <silent> <buffer> x		:call zip#Extract()<cr>
+  noremap <silent> <buffer>	<cr>		:call <SID>ZipBrowseSelect()<cr>
+  noremap <silent> <buffer>	x		:call zip#Extract()<cr>
+  if &mouse != ""
+   noremap <silent> <buffer>	<leftmouse>	<leftmouse>:call <SID>ZipBrowseSelect()<cr>
+  endif
 
   let &report= repkeep
 "  call Dret("zip#Browse")
@@ -175,17 +178,17 @@ fun! s:ZipBrowseSelect()
 
   " get zipfile to the new-window
   let zipfile = b:zipfile
-  let curfile= expand("%")
+  let curfile = expand("%")
 "  call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile.">")
 "  call Decho("curfile<".curfile.">")
 
-  new
+  noswapfile new
   if !exists("g:zip_nomax") || g:zip_nomax == 0
    wincmd _
   endif
   let s:zipfile_{winnr()}= curfile
 "  call Decho("exe e ".fnameescape("zipfile:".zipfile.'::'.fname))
-  exe "e ".fnameescape("zipfile:".zipfile.'::'.fname)
+  exe "noswapfile e ".fnameescape("zipfile:".zipfile.'::'.fname)
   filetype detect
 
   let &report= repkeep
@@ -339,7 +342,7 @@ fun! zip#Write(fname)
    let binkeep= &binary
    let eikeep = &ei
    set binary ei=all
-   exe "e! ".fnameescape(zipfile)
+   exe "noswapfile e! ".fnameescape(zipfile)
    call netrw#NetWrite(netzipfile)
    let &ei     = eikeep
    let &binary = binkeep

runtime/defaults.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " The default vimrc file.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2019 Feb 18
+" Last change:	2019 Oct 27
 "
 " This is loaded if no vimrc file was found.
 " Except when Vim is run with "-u NONE" or "-C".
@@ -75,8 +75,14 @@ inoremap <C-U> <C-G>u<C-U>
 
 " In many terminal emulators the mouse works just fine.  By enabling it you
 " can position the cursor, Visually select and scroll with the mouse.
+" Only xterm can grab the mouse events when using the shift key, for other
+" terminals use ":", select text and press Esc.
 if has('mouse')
-  set mouse=a
+  if &term =~ 'xterm'
+    set mouse=a
+  else
+    set mouse=nvi
+  endif
 endif
 
 " Switch syntax highlighting on when the terminal has colors or when using the

runtime/delmenu.vim

@@ -2,30 +2,31 @@
 " Warning: This also deletes all menus defined by the user!
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2019 Sep 11
+" Last Change:	2019 Dec 10
 
 aunmenu *
 tlunmenu *
 
-silent! unlet did_install_default_menus
-silent! unlet did_install_syntax_menu
-if exists("did_menu_trans")
+unlet! g:did_install_default_menus
+unlet! g:did_install_syntax_menu
+
+if exists('g:did_menu_trans')
   menutrans clear
-  unlet did_menu_trans
+  unlet g:did_menu_trans
 endif
 
-silent! unlet find_help_dialog
+unlet! g:find_help_dialog
 
-silent! unlet menutrans_help_dialog
-silent! unlet menutrans_path_dialog
-silent! unlet menutrans_tags_dialog
-silent! unlet menutrans_textwidth_dialog
-silent! unlet menutrans_fileformat_dialog
-silent! unlet menutrans_fileformat_choices
-silent! unlet menutrans_no_file
-silent! unlet menutrans_set_lang_to
-silent! unlet menutrans_spell_change_ARG_to
-silent! unlet menutrans_spell_add_ARG_to_word_list
-silent! unlet menutrans_spell_ignore_ARG
+unlet! g:menutrans_fileformat_choices
+unlet! g:menutrans_fileformat_dialog
+unlet! g:menutrans_help_dialog
+unlet! g:menutrans_no_file
+unlet! g:menutrans_path_dialog
+unlet! g:menutrans_set_lang_to
+unlet! g:menutrans_spell_add_ARG_to_word_list
+unlet! g:menutrans_spell_change_ARG_to
+unlet! g:menutrans_spell_ignore_ARG
+unlet! g:menutrans_tags_dialog
+unlet! g:menutrans_textwidth_dialog
 
 " vim: set sw=2 :

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -149,6 +149,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	version7.txt \
 	version8.txt \
 	vi_diff.txt \
+	vim9.txt \
 	visual.txt \
 	windows.txt \
 	workshop.txt
@@ -289,6 +290,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	version8.html \
 	vi_diff.html \
 	vimindex.html \
+	vim9.html \
 	visual.html \
 	windows.html \
 	workshop.html
@@ -323,7 +325,7 @@ all: tags vim.man evim.man vimdiff.man vimtutor.man xxd.man $(CONVERTED)
 # Use Vim to generate the tags file.  Can only be used when Vim has been
 # compiled and installed.  Supports multiple languages.
 vimtags: $(DOCS)
-	$(VIMEXE) -u NONE -esX -c "helptags ++t ." -c quit
+	@$(VIMEXE) --clean -esX -V1 -u doctags.vim
 
 # Use "doctags" to generate the tags file.  Only works for English!
 tags: doctags $(DOCS)

runtime/doc/arabic.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*arabic.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*arabic.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Nadim Shaikli

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 16
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -268,7 +268,6 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |BufCreate|		just after adding a buffer to the buffer list
 |BufDelete|		before deleting a buffer from the buffer list
 |BufWipeout|		before completely deleting a buffer
-|TerminalOpen|		after a terminal buffer was created
 
 |BufFilePre|		before changing the name of the current buffer
 |BufFilePost|		after changing the name of the current buffer
@@ -302,6 +301,10 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |VimLeavePre|		before exiting Vim, before writing the viminfo file
 |VimLeave|		before exiting Vim, after writing the viminfo file
 
+	Terminal
+|TerminalOpen|		after a terminal buffer was created
+|TerminalWinOpen|	after a terminal buffer was created in a new window
+
 	Various
 |FileChangedShell|	Vim notices that a file changed since editing started
 |FileChangedShellPost|	After handling a file changed since editing started
@@ -371,7 +374,10 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 
 |MenuPopup|		just before showing the popup menu
 |CompleteChanged|	after Insert mode completion menu changed
-|CompleteDone|		after Insert mode completion is done
+|CompleteDonePre|	after Insert mode completion is done, before clearing
+			info
+|CompleteDone|		after Insert mode completion is done, after clearing
+			info
 
 |User|			to be used in combination with ":doautocmd"
 
@@ -384,6 +390,8 @@ BufAdd or BufCreate		Just after creating a new buffer which is
 				to the buffer list.
 				Also used just after a buffer in the buffer
 				list has been renamed.
+				Not triggered for the initial buffers created
+				during startup.
 				The BufCreate event is for historic reasons.
 				NOTE: When this autocommand is executed, the
 				current buffer "%" may be different from the
@@ -584,8 +592,8 @@ ColorSchemePre			Before loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
 CompleteChanged						*CompleteChanged*
 				After each time the Insert mode completion
 				menu changed.  Not fired on popup menu hide,
-				use |CompleteDone| for that.  Never triggered
-				recursively.
+				use |CompleteDonePre| or |CompleteDone| for
+				that.  Never triggered recursively.
 
 				Sets these |v:event| keys:
 				    completed_item	See |complete-items|.
@@ -601,10 +609,22 @@ CompleteChanged						*CompleteChanged*
 				The size and position of the popup are also
 				available by calling |pum_getpos()|.
 
+							*CompleteDonePre*
+CompleteDonePre			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either
+				when something was completed or abandoning
+				completion. |ins-completion|
+				|complete_info()| can be used, the info is
+				cleared after triggering CompleteDonePre.
+				The |v:completed_item| variable contains
+				information about the completed item.
+
 							*CompleteDone*
 CompleteDone			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either
 				when something was completed or abandoning
 				completion. |ins-completion|
+				|complete_info()| cannot be used, the info is
+				cleared before triggering CompleteDone.  Use
+				CompleteDonePre if you need it.
 				The |v:completed_item| variable contains
 				information about the completed item.
 
@@ -634,7 +654,7 @@ CursorHold			When the user doesn't press a key for the time
 				Hint: to force an update of the status lines
 				use: >
 					:let &ro = &ro
-<				{only on Amiga, Unix, Win32, MSDOS and all GUI
+<				{only on Amiga, Unix, Win32 and all GUI
 				versions}
 							*CursorHoldI*
 CursorHoldI			Just like CursorHold, but in Insert mode.
@@ -1081,6 +1101,12 @@ TerminalOpen			Just after a terminal buffer was created, with
 				`:terminal` or |term_start()|. This event is
 				triggered even if the buffer is created
 				without a window, with the ++hidden option.
+							*TerminalWinOpen*
+TerminalWinOpen			Just after a terminal buffer was created, with
+				`:terminal` or |term_start()|. This event is
+				triggered only if the buffer is created
+				with a window.  Can be used to set window
+				local options for the terminal window.
 							*TermResponse*
 TermResponse			After the response to |t_RV| is received from
 				the terminal.  The value of |v:termresponse|
@@ -1278,8 +1304,8 @@ The pattern is interpreted like mostly used in file names:
 	[^ch]   match any character but 'c' and 'h'
 
 Note that for all systems the '/' character is used for path separator (even
-MS-DOS and OS/2).  This was done because the backslash is difficult to use
-in a pattern and to make the autocommands portable across different systems.
+for MS-Windows).  This was done because the backslash is difficult to use in a
+pattern and to make the autocommands portable across different systems.
 
 It is possible to use |pattern| items, but they may not work as expected,
 because of the translation done for the above.

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 27
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Sep 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ attack or other people reading your file).  When Vim exits the directory and
 all files in it are deleted.  When Vim has the setuid bit set this may cause
 problems, the temp file is owned by the setuid user but the filter command
 probably runs as the original user.
-On MS-DOS and OS/2 the first of these directories that works is used: $TMP,
+On MS-Windows the first of these directories that works is used: $TMP,
 $TEMP, c:\TMP, c:\TEMP.
 For Unix the list of directories is: $TMPDIR, /tmp, current-dir, $HOME.
 For MS-Windows the GetTempFileName() system function is used.
@@ -999,9 +999,13 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 			delete and yank) ({.%#:} only work with put).
 
 							*:reg* *:registers*
-:reg[isters]		Display the contents of all numbered and named
-			registers.  If a register is written to for |:redir|
-			it will not be listed.
+:reg[isters]		Display the type and contents of all numbered and
+			named registers.  If a register is written to for
+			|:redir| it will not be listed.
+			Type can be one of:
+			"c"	for |characterwise| text
+			"l"	for |linewise| text
+			"b"	for |blockwise-visual| text
 
 
 :reg[isters] {arg}	Display the contents of the numbered and named

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 11
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ ch_open() fails quickly.  On MS-Windows "waittime" applies.
 *E898* *E901* *E902*
 
 If there is an error reading or writing a channel it will be closed.
-*E630* *E631* 
+*E630* *E631*
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Using a JSON or JS channel					*channel-use*
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ handle that separately, add an "err_cb" handler: >
 
 If you want to handle both stderr and stdout with one handler use the
 "callback" option: >
-    let job = job_start(command, {"callback": "MyHandler"}) 
+    let job = job_start(command, {"callback": "MyHandler"})
 
 Depending on the system, starting a job can put Vim in the background, the
 started job gets the focus.  To avoid that, use the `foreground()` function.

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 27
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -75,12 +75,19 @@ CTRL-V		Insert next non-digit literally.  Up to three digits form the
 		decimal value of a single byte.  The non-digit and the three
 		digits are not considered for mapping.  This works the same
 		way as in Insert mode (see above, |i_CTRL-V|).
-		Note: Under Windows CTRL-V is often mapped to paste text.
+		Note: Under MS-Windows CTRL-V is often mapped to paste text.
 		Use CTRL-Q instead then.
+		When |modifyOtherKeys| is enabled then special Escape sequence
+		is converted back to what it was without |modifyOtherKeys|,
+		unless the Shift key is also pressed.
 							*c_CTRL-Q*
 CTRL-Q		Same as CTRL-V.  But with some terminals it is used for
 		control flow, it doesn't work then.
 
+CTRL-SHIFT-V				*c_CTRL-SHIFT-V* *c_CTRL-SHIFT-Q*
+CTRL-SHIFT-Q	Works just like CTRL-V, unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active,
+		then it inserts the Escape sequence for a key with modifiers.
+
 							*c_<Left>* *c_Left*
 <Left>		cursor left
 							*c_<Right>* *c_Right*
@@ -926,8 +933,7 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 		directory.
 	:.	Reduce file name to be relative to current directory, if
 		possible.  File name is unmodified if it is not below the
-		current directory, but on MS-Windows the drive is removed if
-		it is the current drive.
+		current directory.
 		For maximum shortness, use ":~:.".
 	:h	Head of the file name (the last component and any separators
 		removed).  Cannot be used with :e, :r or :t.
@@ -936,9 +942,9 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 		separator is removed.  Thus ":p:h" on a directory name results
 		on the directory name itself (without trailing slash).
 		When the file name is an absolute path (starts with "/" for
-		Unix; "x:\" for MS-DOS, WIN32, OS/2; "drive:" for Amiga), that
-		part is not removed.  When there is no head (path is relative
-		to current directory) the result is empty.
+		Unix; "x:\" for Win32; "drive:" for Amiga), that part is not
+		removed.  When there is no head (path is relative to current
+		directory) the result is empty.
 	:t	Tail of the file name (last component of the name).  Must
 		precede any :r or :e.
 	:r	Root of the file name (the last extension removed).  When
@@ -1035,12 +1041,12 @@ option contains "sh", this is done twice, to avoid the shell trying to expand
 the "!".
 
 							*filename-backslash*
-For filesystems that use a backslash as directory separator (MS-DOS, Windows,
-OS/2), it's a bit difficult to recognize a backslash that is used to escape
-the special meaning of the next character.  The general rule is: If the
-backslash is followed by a normal file name character, it does not have a
-special meaning.  Therefore "\file\foo" is a valid file name, you don't have
-to type the backslash twice.
+For filesystems that use a backslash as directory separator (MS-Windows), it's
+a bit difficult to recognize a backslash that is used to escape the special
+meaning of the next character.  The general rule is: If the backslash is
+followed by a normal file name character, it does not have a special meaning.
+Therefore "\file\foo" is a valid file name, you don't have to type the
+backslash twice.
 
 An exception is the '$' sign.  It is a valid character in a file name.  But
 to avoid a file name like "$home" to be interpreted as an environment variable,

runtime/doc/debug.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debug.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*debug.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/debugger.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debugger.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 06
+*debugger.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -12,8 +12,6 @@ For the debugger running in a Vim terminal window see |terminal-debugger|.
 
 1. Debugger Features		|debugger-features|
 2. Vim Compile Options		|debugger-compilation|
-3. Integrated Debuggers		|debugger-integration|
-
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Debugger Features					*debugger-features*
@@ -114,10 +112,10 @@ other settings apply.
 ==============================================================================
 2. Vim Compile Options					*debugger-compilation*
 
-The debugger features were added explicitly for use with Sun's Visual
-WorkShop Integrated Programming Environment (ipe).  However, they were done
-in as generic a manner as possible so that integration with other debuggers
-could also use some or all of the tools used with Sun's ipe.
+The debugger features were added for use with Sun's Visual WorkShop Integrated
+Programming Environment (ipe).  However, they were done in as generic a manner
+as possible so that integration with other debuggers could also use these
+features.
 
 The following compile time preprocessor variables control the features:
 
@@ -127,18 +125,10 @@ The following compile time preprocessor variables control the features:
     Message Footer				FEAT_FOOTER
     Balloon Evaluation				FEAT_BEVAL
 
-The first integration with a full IPE/IDE was with Sun Visual WorkShop.  To
-compile a gvim which interfaces with VWS set the following flag, which sets
-all the above flags:
-
-    Sun Visual WorkShop				FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP
-
-==============================================================================
-3. Integrated Debuggers					*debugger-integration*
-
-One fully integrated debugger/IPE/IDE is Sun's Visual WorkShop Integrated
-Programming Environment.
+The support specifically for Sun Visual WorkShop has been removed, since the
+product no longer exists.
 
 For Sun NetBeans support see |netbeans|.
 
+
  vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 05
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -195,10 +195,14 @@ problems for existing patches.  Only use them for new and changed code.
 
 Comments ~
 
-Traditionally Vim uses /* comments */.  We intend to keep it that way,
-especially for file and function headers.  For new code or lines of code that
-change, it is allowed to use // comments.  Especially when it comes after
-code:
+Traditionally Vim uses /* comments */.  We intend to keep it that way
+for file and function headers and larger blocks of code, E.g.:
+	/*
+	 * The "foo" argument does something useful.
+	 * Return OK or FAIL.
+	 */
+For new code or lines of code that change, it is preferred to use // comments.
+Especially when it comes after code:
 	int some_var;  // single line comment useful here
 
 Enums ~

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 27
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -68,11 +68,12 @@ reset to the global value.
 The options can still be overruled from a modeline when re-editing the file.
 However, 'foldmethod' and 'wrap' won't be set from a modeline when 'diff' is
 set.
+See `:diffoff` for an easy way to revert the options.
 
 The differences shown are actually the differences in the buffer.  Thus if you
 make changes after loading a file, these will be included in the displayed
 diffs.  You might have to do ":diffupdate" now and then, not all changes are
-immediately taken into account.
+immediately taken into account, especially when using an external diff command.
 
 In your .vimrc file you could do something special when Vim was started in
 diff mode.  You could use a construct like this: >

runtime/doc/digraph.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/doctags.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+" This script makes a tags file for help text.
+"
+" Usage: vim -eX -u doctags.vim
+
+try
+  helptags ++t .
+  echo 'help tags updated'
+catch
+  echo v:exception
+  echo 'help tags failed update'
+endtry
+echo ''
+qa!

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 27
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ You can use this file if you discover that you need the original file.  See
 also the 'patchmode' option.  The name of the backup file is normally the same
 as the original file with 'backupext' appended.  The default "~" is a bit
 strange to avoid accidentally overwriting existing files.  If you prefer ".bak"
-change the 'backupext' option.  Extra dots are replaced with '_' on MS-DOS
+change the 'backupext' option.  Extra dots are replaced with '_' on MS-Windows
 machines, when Vim has detected that an MS-DOS-like filesystem is being used
 (e.g., messydos or crossdos) or when the 'shortname' option is on.  The
 backup file can be placed in another directory by setting 'backupdir'.
@@ -331,10 +331,13 @@ CTRL-^			Edit the alternate file.  Mostly the alternate file is
 							*gF*
 [count]gF		Same as "gf", except if a number follows the file
 			name, then the cursor is positioned on that line in
-			the file. The file name and the number must be
-			separated by a non-filename (see 'isfname') and
-			non-numeric character. White space between the
-			filename, the separator and the number are ignored.
+			the file.
+			The file name and the number must be separated by a
+			non-filename (see 'isfname') and non-numeric
+			character. " line " is also recognized, like it is
+			used in the output of `:verbose command UserCmd`
+			White space between the filename, the separator and
+			the number are ignored.
 			Examples:
 				eval.c:10 ~
 				eval.c @ 20 ~
@@ -519,9 +522,9 @@ The 'fileformat' option sets the <EOL> style for a file:
 Previously 'textmode' was used.  It is obsolete now.
 
 When reading a file, the mentioned characters are interpreted as the <EOL>.
-In DOS format (default for MS-DOS, OS/2 and Win32), <CR><NL> and <NL> are both
-interpreted as the <EOL>.  Note that when writing the file in DOS format,
-<CR> characters will be added for each single <NL>.  Also see |file-read|.
+In DOS format (default for Win32), <CR><NL> and <NL> are both interpreted as
+the <EOL>.  Note that when writing the file in DOS format, <CR> characters
+will be added for each single <NL>.  Also see |file-read|.
 
 When writing a file, the mentioned characters are used for <EOL>.  For DOS
 format <CR><NL> is used.  Also see |DOS-format-write|.
@@ -542,15 +545,16 @@ If you start editing a new file and the 'fileformats' option is not empty
 (which is the default), Vim will try to detect whether the lines in the file
 are separated by the specified formats.  When set to "unix,dos", Vim will
 check for lines with a single <NL> (as used on Unix and Amiga) or by a <CR>
-<NL> pair (MS-DOS).  Only when ALL lines end in <CR><NL>, 'fileformat' is set
-to "dos", otherwise it is set to "unix".  When 'fileformats' includes "mac",
-and no <NL> characters are found in the file, 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
+<NL> pair (MS-Windows).  Only when ALL lines end in <CR><NL>, 'fileformat' is
+set to "dos", otherwise it is set to "unix".  When 'fileformats' includes
+"mac", and no <NL> characters are found in the file, 'fileformat' is set to
+"mac".
 
-If the 'fileformat' option is set to "dos" on non-MS-DOS systems the message
-"[dos format]" is shown to remind you that something unusual is happening.  On
-MS-DOS systems you get the message "[unix format]" if 'fileformat' is set to
-"unix".  On all systems but the Macintosh you get the message "[mac format]"
-if 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
+If the 'fileformat' option is set to "dos" on non-MS-Windows systems the
+message "[dos format]" is shown to remind you that something unusual is
+happening.  On MS-Windows systems you get the message "[unix format]" if
+'fileformat' is set to "unix".  On all systems but the Macintosh you get the
+message "[mac format]" if 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
 
 If the 'fileformats' option is empty and DOS format is used, but while reading
 a file some lines did not end in <CR><NL>, "[CR missing]" will be included in
@@ -1023,11 +1027,11 @@ lost the original file.
 
 						*DOS-format-write*
 If the 'fileformat' is "dos", <CR> <NL> is used for <EOL>.  This is default
-for MS-DOS, Win32 and OS/2.  On other systems the message "[dos format]" is
-shown to remind you that an unusual <EOL> was used.
+for Win32.  On other systems the message "[dos format]" is shown to remind you
+that an unusual <EOL> was used.
 						*Unix-format-write*
-If the 'fileformat' is "unix", <NL> is used for <EOL>.  On MS-DOS, Win32 and
-OS/2 the message "[unix format]" is shown.
+If the 'fileformat' is "unix", <NL> is used for <EOL>.  On Win32 the message
+"[unix format]" is shown.
 						*Mac-format-write*
 If the 'fileformat' is "mac", <CR> is used for <EOL>.  On non-Mac systems the
 message "[mac format]" is shown.
@@ -1056,11 +1060,11 @@ When the file name is actually a device name, Vim will not make a backup (that
 would be impossible).  You need to use "!", since the device already exists.
 Example for Unix: >
 	:w! /dev/lpt0
-and for MS-DOS or MS-Windows: >
+and for MS-Windows: >
 	:w! lpt0
 For Unix a device is detected when the name doesn't refer to a normal file or
 a directory.  A fifo or named pipe also looks like a device to Vim.
-For MS-DOS and MS-Windows the device is detected by its name:
+For MS-Windows the device is detected by its name:
 	AUX
 	CON
 	CLOCK$
@@ -1294,7 +1298,7 @@ present in 'cpoptions' and "!" is not used in the command.
 			Does not change the meaning of an already opened file,
 			because its full path name is remembered.  Files from
 			the |arglist| may change though!
-			On MS-DOS this also changes the active drive.
+			On MS-Windows this also changes the active drive.
 			To change to the directory of the current file: >
 				:cd %:h
 <
@@ -1452,7 +1456,7 @@ Do this before writing the file.  When reading an encrypted file it will be
 set automatically to the method used when that file was written.  You can
 change 'cryptmethod' before writing that file to change the method.
 
-To set the default method, used for new files, use this in your |vimrc| 
+To set the default method, used for new files, use this in your |vimrc|
 file: >
 	set cm=blowfish2
 Using "blowfish2" is highly recommended.  Only use another method if you

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 27
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Feb 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -12,6 +12,10 @@ Note: Expression evaluation can be disabled at compile time.  If this has been
 done, the features in this document are not available.  See |+eval| and
 |no-eval-feature|.
 
+This file is about the backwards compatible Vim script.  For Vim9 script,
+which executes much faster, supports type checking and much more, see
+|vim9.txt|.
+
 1.  Variables			|variables|
     1.1 Variable types
     1.2 Function references		|Funcref|
@@ -42,7 +46,8 @@ Profiling is documented at |profiling|.
 						*E712* *E896* *E897* *E899*
 There are ten types of variables:
 
-Number		A 32 or 64 bit signed number.  |expr-number| *Number*
+							*Number* *Integer*
+Number		A 32 or 64 bit signed number.  |expr-number|
 		64-bit Numbers are available only when compiled with the
 		|+num64| feature.
 		Examples:  -123  0x10  0177  0b1011
@@ -488,7 +493,7 @@ as a key.
 To avoid having to put quotes around every key the #{} form can be used.  This
 does require the key to consist only of ASCII letters, digits, '-' and '_'.
 Example: >
-	let mydict = #{zero: 0, one_key: 1, two-key: 2, 333: 3}
+	:let mydict = #{zero: 0, one_key: 1, two-key: 2, 333: 3}
 Note that 333 here is the string "333".  Empty keys are not possible with #{}.
 
 A value can be any expression.  Using a Dictionary for a value creates a
@@ -1662,6 +1667,10 @@ PREDEFINED VIM VARIABLES			*vim-variable* *v:var* *v:*
 								*E963*
 Some variables can be set by the user, but the type cannot be changed.
 
+					*v:argv* *argv-variable*
+v:argv		The command line arguments Vim was invoked with.  This is a
+		list of strings.  The first item is the Vim command.
+
 					*v:beval_col* *beval_col-variable*
 v:beval_col	The number of the column, over which the mouse pointer is.
 		This is the byte index in the |v:beval_lnum| line.
@@ -1799,7 +1808,9 @@ v:errors	Errors found by assert functions, such as |assert_true()|.
 
 					*v:event* *event-variable*
 v:event		Dictionary containing information about the current
-		|autocommand|.  The dictionary is emptied when the |autocommand|
+		|autocommand|.  See the specific event for what it puts in
+		this dictionary.
+		The dictionary is emptied when the |autocommand|
 		finishes, please refer to |dict-identity| for how to get an
 		independent copy of it.
 
@@ -2476,6 +2487,7 @@ getline({lnum})			String	line {lnum} of current buffer
 getline({lnum}, {end})		List	lines {lnum} to {end} of current buffer
 getloclist({nr} [, {what}])	List	list of location list items
 getmatches([{win}])		List	list of current matches
+getmousepos()			Dict	last known mouse position
 getpid()			Number	process ID of Vim
 getpos({expr})			List	position of cursor, mark, etc.
 getqflist([{what}])		List	list of quickfix items
@@ -2506,8 +2518,8 @@ haslocaldir([{winnr} [, {tabnr}]])
 					or |:tcd|
 hasmapto({what} [, {mode} [, {abbr}]])
 				Number	|TRUE| if mapping to {what} exists
-histadd({history}, {item})	String	add an item to a history
-histdel({history} [, {item}])	String	remove an item from a history
+histadd({history}, {item})	Number	add an item to a history
+histdel({history} [, {item}])	Number	remove an item from a history
 histget({history} [, {index}])	String	get the item {index} from a history
 histnr({history})		Number	highest index of a history
 hlexists({name})		Number	|TRUE| if highlight group {name} exists
@@ -2526,6 +2538,7 @@ inputrestore()			Number	restore typeahead
 inputsave()			Number	save and clear typeahead
 inputsecret({prompt} [, {text}]) String	like input() but hiding the text
 insert({object}, {item} [, {idx}]) List	insert {item} in {object} [before {idx}]
+interrupt()			none	interrupt script execution
 invert({expr})			Number	bitwise invert
 isdirectory({directory})	Number	|TRUE| if {directory} is a directory
 isinf({expr})			Number	determine if {expr} is infinity value
@@ -2642,6 +2655,7 @@ pumvisible()			Number	whether popup menu is visible
 pyeval({expr})			any	evaluate |Python| expression
 py3eval({expr})			any	evaluate |python3| expression
 pyxeval({expr})			any	evaluate |python_x| expression
+rand([{expr}])			Number	get pseudo-random number
 range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])
 				List	items from {expr} to {max}
 readdir({dir} [, {expr}])	List	file names in {dir} selected by {expr}
@@ -2662,7 +2676,7 @@ remote_read({serverid} [, {timeout}])
 remote_send({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
 				String	send key sequence
 remote_startserver({name})	none	become server {name}
-remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}])	any/List 
+remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}])	any/List
 					remove items {idx}-{end} from {list}
 remove({blob}, {idx} [, {end}])	Number/Blob
 					remove bytes {idx}-{end} from {blob}
@@ -2755,6 +2769,7 @@ spellsuggest({word} [, {max} [, {capital}]])
 split({expr} [, {pat} [, {keepempty}]])
 				List	make |List| from {pat} separated {expr}
 sqrt({expr})			Float	square root of {expr}
+srand([{expr}])			List	get seed for |rand()|
 state([{what}])			String	current state of Vim
 str2float({expr})		Float	convert String to Float
 str2list({expr} [, {utf8}])	List	convert each character of {expr} to
@@ -2765,7 +2780,7 @@ strchars({expr} [, {skipcc}])	Number	character length of the String {expr}
 strcharpart({str}, {start} [, {len}])
 				String	{len} characters of {str} at {start}
 strdisplaywidth({expr} [, {col}]) Number display length of the String {expr}
-strftime({format} [, {time}])	String	time in specified format
+strftime({format} [, {time}])	String	format time with a specified format
 strgetchar({str}, {index})	Number	get char {index} from {str}
 stridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])
 				Number	index of {needle} in {haystack}
@@ -2773,6 +2788,8 @@ string({expr})			String	String representation of {expr} value
 strlen({expr})			Number	length of the String {expr}
 strpart({str}, {start} [, {len}])
 				String	{len} characters of {str} at {start}
+strptime({format}, {timestring})
+				Number	Convert {timestring} to unix timestamp
 strridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])
 				Number	last index of {needle} in {haystack}
 strtrans({expr})		String	translate string to make it printable
@@ -2831,6 +2848,7 @@ term_wait({buf} [, {time}])	Number  wait for screen to be updated
 test_alloc_fail({id}, {countdown}, {repeat})
 				none	make memory allocation fail
 test_autochdir()		none	enable 'autochdir' during startup
+test_clear_search_pat()		none	clears the last used search pattern
 test_feedinput({string})	none	add key sequence to input buffer
 test_garbagecollect_now()	none	free memory right now for testing
 test_garbagecollect_soon()	none	free memory soon for testing
@@ -2880,7 +2898,7 @@ win_id2tabwin({expr})		List	get tab and window nr from window ID
 win_id2win({expr})		Number	get window nr from window ID
 win_screenpos({nr})		List	get screen position of window {nr}
 win_splitmove({nr}, {target} [, {options}])
-				none	move window {nr} to split of {target}
+				Number	move window {nr} to split of {target}
 winbufnr({nr})			Number	buffer number of window {nr}
 wincol()			Number	window column of the cursor
 winheight({nr})			Number	height of window {nr}
@@ -2974,6 +2992,9 @@ append({lnum}, {text})					*append()*
 appendbufline({expr}, {lnum}, {text})			*appendbufline()*
 		Like |append()| but append the text in buffer {expr}.
 
+		This function works only for loaded buffers. First call
+		|bufload()| if needed.
+
 		For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()|.
 
 		{lnum} is used like with |append()|.  Note that using |line()|
@@ -3031,10 +3052,7 @@ argv([{nr} [, {winid}])
 		the whole |arglist| is returned.
 
 		The {winid} argument specifies the window ID, see |argc()|.
-
-
-assert_ functions are documented here: |assert-functions-details|
-
+		For the Vim command line arguments see |v:argv|.
 
 asin({expr})						*asin()*
 		Return the arc sine of {expr} measured in radians, as a |Float|
@@ -3053,6 +3071,10 @@ asin({expr})						*asin()*
 		{only available when compiled with the |+float| feature}
 
 
+assert_ functions are documented here: |assert-functions-details|
+
+
+
 atan({expr})						*atan()*
 		Return the principal value of the arc tangent of {expr}, in
 		the range [-pi/2, +pi/2] radians, as a |Float|.
@@ -3436,6 +3458,7 @@ chdir({dir})						*chdir()*
 			  directory (|:tcd|) then changes the tabpage local
 			  directory.
 			- Otherwise, changes the global directory.
+		{dir} must be a String.
 		If successful, returns the previous working directory.  Pass
 		this to another chdir() to restore the directory.
 		On failure, returns an empty string.
@@ -3540,8 +3563,8 @@ complete({startcol}, {matches})			*complete()* *E785*
 <		This isn't very useful, but it shows how it works.  Note that
 		an empty string is returned to avoid a zero being inserted.
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|, the second argument is passed
-		in: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		second argument: >
 			GetMatches()->complete(col('.'))
 
 complete_add({expr})				*complete_add()*
@@ -3676,7 +3699,7 @@ confirm({msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|in: >
 			BuildMessage()->confirm("&Yes\n&No")
-
+<
 							*copy()*
 copy({expr})	Make a copy of {expr}.  For Numbers and Strings this isn't
 		different from using {expr} directly.
@@ -3871,6 +3894,9 @@ deletebufline({expr}, {first} [, {last}])		*deletebufline()*
 		If {last} is omitted then delete line {first} only.
 		On success 0 is returned, on failure 1 is returned.
 
+		This function works only for loaded buffers. First call
+		|bufload()| if needed.
+
 		For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
 
 		{first} and {last} are used like with |getline()|. Note that
@@ -3879,7 +3905,7 @@ deletebufline({expr}, {first} [, {last}])		*deletebufline()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBuffer()->deletebufline(1)
-
+<
 							*did_filetype()*
 did_filetype()	Returns |TRUE| when autocommands are being executed and the
 		FileType event has been triggered at least once.  Can be used
@@ -3917,13 +3943,6 @@ diff_hlID({lnum}, {col})				*diff_hlID()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLnum()->diff_hlID(col)
-environ()						*environ()*
-		Return all of environment variables as dictionary. You can
-		check if an environment variable exists like this: >
-			:echo has_key(environ(), 'HOME')
-<		Note that the variable name may be CamelCase; to ignore case
-		use this: >
-			:echo index(keys(environ()), 'HOME', 0, 1) != -1
 
 empty({expr})						*empty()*
 		Return the Number 1 if {expr} is empty, zero otherwise.
@@ -3942,6 +3961,14 @@ empty({expr})						*empty()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->empty()
 
+environ()						*environ()*
+		Return all of environment variables as dictionary. You can
+		check if an environment variable exists like this: >
+			:echo has_key(environ(), 'HOME')
+<		Note that the variable name may be CamelCase; to ignore case
+		use this: >
+			:echo index(keys(environ()), 'HOME', 0, 1) != -1
+
 escape({string}, {chars})				*escape()*
 		Escape the characters in {chars} that occur in {string} with a
 		backslash.  Example: >
@@ -3975,16 +4002,15 @@ executable({expr})					*executable()*
 		arguments.
 		executable() uses the value of $PATH and/or the normal
 		searchpath for programs.		*PATHEXT*
-		On MS-DOS and MS-Windows the ".exe", ".bat", etc. can
-		optionally be included.  Then the extensions in $PATHEXT are
-		tried.  Thus if "foo.exe" does not exist, "foo.exe.bat" can be
-		found.  If $PATHEXT is not set then ".exe;.com;.bat;.cmd" is
-		used.  A dot by itself can be used in $PATHEXT to try using
-		the name without an extension.  When 'shell' looks like a
-		Unix shell, then the name is also tried without adding an
-		extension.
-		On MS-DOS and MS-Windows it only checks if the file exists and
-		is not a directory, not if it's really executable.
+		On MS-Windows the ".exe", ".bat", etc. can optionally be
+		included.  Then the extensions in $PATHEXT are tried.  Thus if
+		"foo.exe" does not exist, "foo.exe.bat" can be found.  If
+		$PATHEXT is not set then ".exe;.com;.bat;.cmd" is used.  A dot
+		by itself can be used in $PATHEXT to try using the name
+		without an extension.  When 'shell' looks like a Unix shell,
+		then the name is also tried without adding an extension.
+		On MS-Windows it only checks if the file exists and is not a
+		directory, not if it's really executable.
 		On MS-Windows an executable in the same directory as Vim is
 		always found.  Since this directory is added to $PATH it
 		should also work to execute it |win32-PATH|.
@@ -4040,7 +4066,7 @@ exepath({expr})						*exepath()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetCommand()->exepath()
-
+<
 							*exists()*
 exists({expr})	The result is a Number, which is |TRUE| if {expr} is defined,
 		zero otherwise.
@@ -4236,8 +4262,8 @@ expandcmd({expr})					*expandcmd()*
 		Expand special items in {expr} like what is done for an Ex
 		command such as `:edit`.  This expands special keywords, like
 		with |expand()|, and environment variables, anywhere in
-		{expr}.  Returns the expanded string.
-		Example: >
+		{expr}.  "~user" and "~/path" are only expanded at the start.
+		Returns the expanded string.  Example: >
 			:echo expandcmd('make %<.o')
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
@@ -4566,7 +4592,7 @@ foldlevel({lnum})					*foldlevel()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLnum()->foldlevel()
-
+<
 							*foldtext()*
 foldtext()	Returns a String, to be displayed for a closed fold.  This is
 		the default function used for the 'foldtext' option and should
@@ -4772,8 +4798,14 @@ getbufinfo([{dict}])
 			changed		TRUE if the buffer is modified.
 			changedtick	number of changes made to the buffer.
 			hidden		TRUE if the buffer is hidden.
+			lastused	timestamp in seconds, like
+					|localtime()|, when the buffer was
+					last used.
+					{only with the |+viminfo| feature}
 			listed		TRUE if the buffer is listed.
 			lnum		current line number in buffer.
+			linecount	number of lines in the buffer (only
+					valid when loaded)
 			loaded		TRUE if the buffer is loaded.
 			name		full path to the file in the buffer.
 			signs		list of signs placed in the buffer.
@@ -4903,8 +4935,9 @@ getchar([expr])						*getchar()*
 
 		When the user clicks a mouse button, the mouse event will be
 		returned.  The position can then be found in |v:mouse_col|,
-		|v:mouse_lnum|, |v:mouse_winid| and |v:mouse_win|.  This
-		example positions the mouse as it would normally happen: >
+		|v:mouse_lnum|, |v:mouse_winid| and |v:mouse_win|.
+		|getmousepos()| can also be used.  This example positions the
+		mouse as it would normally happen: >
 			let c = getchar()
 			if c == "\<LeftMouse>" && v:mouse_win > 0
 			  exe v:mouse_win . "wincmd w"
@@ -5034,6 +5067,7 @@ getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])		*getcompletion()*
 		command		Ex command (and arguments)
 		compiler	compilers
 		cscope		|:cscope| suboptions
+		diff_buffer     |:diffget| and |:diffput| completion
 		dir		directory names
 		environment	environment variable names
 		event		autocommand events
@@ -5314,10 +5348,39 @@ getmatches([{win}])					*getmatches()*
 			'pattern': 'FIXME', 'priority': 10, 'id': 2}] >
 			:unlet m
 <
+getmousepos()						*getmousepos()*
+		Returns a Dictionary with the last known position of the
+		mouse.  This can be used in a mapping for a mouse click or in
+		a filter of a popup window.  The items are:
+			screenrow	screen row
+			screencol	screen column
+			winid		Window ID of the click
+			winrow		row inside "winid"
+			wincol		column inside "winid"
+			line		text line inside "winid"
+			column		text column inside "winid"
+		All numbers are 1-based.
+
+		If not over a window, e.g. when in the command line, then only
+		"screenrow" and "screencol" are valid, the others are zero.
+
+		When on the status line below a window or the vertical
+		separater right of a window, the "line" and "column" values
+		are zero.
+
+		When the position is after the text then "column" is the
+		length of the text in bytes.
+
+		If the mouse is over a popup window then that window is used.
+
+
+		When using |getchar()| the Vim variables |v:mouse_lnum|,
+		|v:mouse_col| and |v:mouse_winid| also provide these values.
+
 							*getpid()*
 getpid()	Return a Number which is the process ID of the Vim process.
 		On Unix and MS-Windows this is a unique number, until Vim
-		exits.  On MS-DOS it's always zero.
+		exits.
 
 							*getpos()*
 getpos({expr})	Get the position for {expr}.  For possible values of {expr}
@@ -5588,7 +5651,7 @@ getwininfo([{winid}])					*getwininfo()*
 			terminal	1 if a terminal window
 					{only with the +terminal feature}
 			tabnr		tab page number
-			topline		first displayed buffer line 
+			topline		first displayed buffer line
 			variables	a reference to the dictionary with
 					window-local variables
 			width		window width
@@ -5605,8 +5668,8 @@ getwininfo([{winid}])					*getwininfo()*
 			GetWinnr()->getwininfo()
 
 getwinpos([{timeout}])					*getwinpos()*
-		The result is a list with two numbers, the result of
-		getwinposx() and getwinposy() combined:
+		The result is a List with two numbers, the result of
+		|getwinposx()| and |getwinposy()| combined:
 			[x-pos, y-pos]
 		{timeout} can be used to specify how long to wait in msec for
 		a response from the terminal.  When omitted 100 msec is used.
@@ -5848,7 +5911,7 @@ histadd({history}, {item})				*histadd()*
 			:let date=input("Enter date: ")
 <		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is used for the
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
 		second argument: >
 			GetHistory()->histadd('search')
 
@@ -6133,6 +6196,19 @@ insert({object}, {item} [, {idx}])			*insert()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->insert(item)
 
+interrupt()						*interrupt()*
+		Interrupt script execution.  It works more or less like the
+		user typing CTRL-C, most commands won't execute and control
+		returns to the user.  This is useful to abort execution
+		from lower down, e.g. in an autocommand.  Example: >
+		:function s:check_typoname(file)
+		:   if fnamemodify(a:file, ':t') == '['
+		:       echomsg 'Maybe typo'
+		:       call interrupt()
+		:   endif
+		:endfunction
+		:au BufWritePre * call s:check_typoname(expand('<amatch>'))
+
 invert({expr})						*invert()*
 		Bitwise invert.  The argument is converted to a number.  A
 		List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.  Example: >
@@ -6376,8 +6452,8 @@ libcall({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
 		Examples: >
 			:echo libcall("libc.so", "getenv", "HOME")
 
-<		Can also be used as a |method|, where the base is passed as
-		the argument to the called function: >
+<		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		third argument: >
 			GetValue()->libcall("libc.so", "getenv")
 <
 							*libcallnr()*
@@ -6391,8 +6467,8 @@ libcallnr({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
 			:call libcallnr("libc.so", "printf", "Hello World!\n")
 			:call libcallnr("libc.so", "sleep", 10)
 <
-		Can also be used as a |method|, where the base is passed as
-		the argument to the called function: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		third argument: >
 			GetValue()->libcallnr("libc.so", "printf")
 <
 
@@ -6486,8 +6562,8 @@ listener_add({callback} [, {buf}])			*listener_add()*
 		    a:bufnr	the buffer that was changed
 		    a:start	first changed line number
 		    a:end	first line number below the change
-		    a:added	total number of lines added, negative if lines
-				were deleted
+		    a:added	number of lines added, negative if lines were
+				deleted
 		    a:changes	a List of items with details about the changes
 
 		Example: >
@@ -6543,8 +6619,8 @@ listener_add({callback} [, {buf}])			*listener_add()*
 		The {callback} is also not invoked when the buffer is
 		unloaded, use the |BufUnload| autocmd event for that.
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|, where the base is passed as
-		the second argument, the buffer: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		second argument: >
 			GetBuffer()->listener_add(callback)
 
 listener_flush([{buf}])					*listener_flush()*
@@ -6568,7 +6644,7 @@ listener_remove({id})					*listener_remove()*
 
 localtime()						*localtime()*
 		Return the current time, measured as seconds since 1st Jan
-		1970.  See also |strftime()| and |getftime()|.
+		1970.  See also |strftime()|, |strptime()| and |getftime()|.
 
 
 log({expr})						*log()*
@@ -7014,11 +7090,12 @@ matchstrpos({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])		*matchstrpos()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetText()->matchstrpos('word')
+<
 							*max()*
 max({expr})	Return the maximum value of all items in {expr}.
-		{expr} can be a list or a dictionary.  For a dictionary,
-		it returns the maximum of all values in the dictionary.
-		If {expr} is neither a list nor a dictionary, or one of the
+		{expr} can be a List or a Dictionary.  For a Dictionary,
+		it returns the maximum of all values in the Dictionary.
+		If {expr} is neither a List nor a Dictionary, or one of the
 		items in {expr} cannot be used as a Number this results in
 		an error.  An empty |List| or |Dictionary| results in zero.
 
@@ -7027,9 +7104,9 @@ max({expr})	Return the maximum value of all items in {expr}.
 
 <							*min()*
 min({expr})	Return the minimum value of all items in {expr}.
-		{expr} can be a list or a dictionary.  For a dictionary,
-		it returns the minimum of all values in the dictionary.
-		If {expr} is neither a list nor a dictionary, or one of the
+		{expr} can be a List or a Dictionary.  For a Dictionary,
+		it returns the minimum of all values in the Dictionary.
+		If {expr} is neither a List nor a Dictionary, or one of the
 		items in {expr} cannot be used as a Number this results in
 		an error.  An empty |List| or |Dictionary| results in zero.
 
@@ -7056,9 +7133,9 @@ mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
 
 		There is no error if the directory already exists and the "p"
 		flag is passed (since patch 8.0.1708).  However, without the
-		"p" option the call will fail.  
+		"p" option the call will fail.
 
-		The function result is a Number, which is 1 if the call was 
+		The function result is a Number, which is 1 if the call was
 		successful or 0 if the directory creation failed or partly
 		failed.
 
@@ -7499,7 +7576,7 @@ pum_getpos()						*pum_getpos()*
 			row		top screen row (0 first row)
 			col		leftmost screen column (0 first col)
 			size		total nr of items
-			scrollbar	|TRUE| if visible
+			scrollbar	|TRUE| if scrollbar is visible
 
 		The values are the same as in |v:event| during
 		|CompleteChanged|.
@@ -7574,6 +7651,21 @@ range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])				*range()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetExpr()->range()
 <
+
+rand([{expr}])						*rand()*
+		Return a pseudo-random Number generated with an xoshiro128**
+		algorithm using seed {expr}.  The returned number is 32 bits,
+		also on 64 bits systems, for consistency.
+		{expr} can be initialized by |srand()| and will be updated by
+		rand().  If {expr} is omitted, an internal seed value is used
+		and updated.
+
+		Examples: >
+			:echo rand()
+			:let seed = srand()
+			:echo rand(seed)
+			:echo rand(seed) % 16  " random number 0 - 15
+<
 							*readdir()*
 readdir({directory} [, {expr}])
 		Return a list with file and directory names in {directory}.
@@ -8270,20 +8362,31 @@ serverlist()					*serverlist()*
 			:echo serverlist()
 <
 setbufline({expr}, {lnum}, {text})			*setbufline()*
-		Set line {lnum} to {text} in buffer {expr}.  To insert
-		lines use |append()|.  Any text properties in {lnum} are
-		cleared.
+		Set line {lnum} to {text} in buffer {expr}.  This works like
+		|setline()| for the specified buffer.
+
+		This function works only for loaded buffers. First call
+		|bufload()| if needed.
+
+		To insert lines use |appendbufline()|.
+		Any text properties in {lnum} are cleared.
+
+		{text} can be a string to set one line, or a list of strings
+		to set multiple lines.  If the list extends below the last
+		line then those lines are added.
 
 		For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
 
 		{lnum} is used like with |setline()|.
-		This works like |setline()| for the specified buffer.
+		When {lnum} is just below the last line the {text} will be
+		added below the last line.
 
 		When {expr} is not a valid buffer, the buffer is not loaded or
 		{lnum} is not valid then 1 is returned.  On success 0 is
 		returned.
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		third argument: >
 			GetText()->setbufline(buf, lnum)
 
 setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val})			*setbufvar()*
@@ -8299,7 +8402,8 @@ setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val})			*setbufvar()*
 			:call setbufvar("todo", "myvar", "foobar")
 <		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		third argument: >
 			GetValue()->setbufvar(buf, varname)
 
 setcharsearch({dict})					*setcharsearch()*
@@ -8348,7 +8452,8 @@ setenv({name}, {val})						*setenv()*
 		When {val} is |v:null| the environment variable is deleted.
 		See also |expr-env|.
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|, passing the value as the base: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		second argument: >
 			GetPath()->setenv('PATH')
 
 setfperm({fname}, {mode})				*setfperm()* *chmod*
@@ -8379,7 +8484,7 @@ setline({lnum}, {text})					*setline()*
 
 		{lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
 		When {lnum} is just below the last line the {text} will be
-		added as a new line.
+		added below the last line.
 
 		If this succeeds, 0 is returned.  If this fails (most likely
 		because {lnum} is invalid) 1 is returned.
@@ -8397,7 +8502,8 @@ setline({lnum}, {text})					*setline()*
 
 <		Note: The '[ and '] marks are not set.
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|, passing the text as the base: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		second argument: >
 			GetText()->setline(lnum)
 
 setloclist({nr}, {list} [, {action} [, {what}]])		*setloclist()*
@@ -8646,7 +8752,8 @@ settabvar({tabnr}, {varname}, {val})			*settabvar()*
 		Tabs are numbered starting with one.
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is used as the value: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		third argument: >
 			GetValue()->settabvar(tab, name)
 
 settabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})	*settabwinvar()*
@@ -8667,7 +8774,8 @@ settabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})	*settabwinvar()*
 			:call settabwinvar(3, 2, "myvar", "foobar")
 <		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is used as the value: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		fourth argument: >
 			GetValue()->settabvar(tab, winnr, name)
 
 settagstack({nr}, {dict} [, {action}])			*settagstack()*
@@ -8675,11 +8783,21 @@ settagstack({nr}, {dict} [, {action}])			*settagstack()*
 		{nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
 
 		For a list of supported items in {dict}, refer to
-		|gettagstack()|
+		|gettagstack()|. "curidx" takes effect before changing the tag
+		stack.
 							*E962*
-		If {action} is not present or is set to 'r', then the tag
-		stack is replaced. If {action} is set to 'a', then new entries
-		from {dict} are pushed onto the tag stack.
+		How the tag stack is modified depends on the {action}
+		argument:
+		- If {action} is not present or is set to 'r', then the tag
+		  stack is replaced.
+		- If {action} is set to 'a', then new entries from {dict} are
+		  pushed (added) onto the tag stack.
+		- If {action} is set to 't', then all the entries from the
+		  current entry in the tag stack or "curidx" in {dict} are
+		  removed and then new entries are pushed to the stack.
+
+		The current index is set to one after the length of the tag
+		stack after the modification.
 
 		Returns zero for success, -1 for failure.
 
@@ -8701,7 +8819,8 @@ settagstack({nr}, {dict} [, {action}])			*settagstack()*
 			call settagstack(1003, stack)
 			unlet stack
 <
-		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is used as the Dict: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		second argument: >
 			GetStack()->settagstack(winnr)
 
 setwinvar({winnr}, {varname}, {val})			*setwinvar()*
@@ -8710,7 +8829,8 @@ setwinvar({winnr}, {varname}, {val})			*setwinvar()*
 			:call setwinvar(1, "&list", 0)
 			:call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar")
 
-<		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is used as the value: >
+<		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		third argument: >
 			GetValue()->setwinvar(winnr, name)
 
 sha256({string})						*sha256()*
@@ -9049,6 +9169,20 @@ sqrt({expr})						*sqrt()*
 		{only available when compiled with the |+float| feature}
 
 
+srand([{expr}])						*srand()*
+		Initialize seed used by |rand()|:
+		- If {expr} is not given, seed values are initialized by
+		  reading from /dev/urandom, if possible, or using time(NULL)
+		  a.k.a. epoch time otherwise; this only has second accuracy.
+		- If {expr} is given it must be a Number.  It is used to
+		  initialize the seed values.  This is useful for testing or
+		  when a predictable sequence is intended.
+
+		Examples: >
+			:let seed = srand()
+			:let seed = srand(userinput)
+			:echo rand(seed)
+
 state([{what}])						*state()*
 		Return a string which contains characters indicating the
 		current state.  Mostly useful in callbacks that want to do
@@ -9078,8 +9212,8 @@ state([{what}])						*state()*
 		        e.g. after |f|
 		    a	Insert mode autocomplete active
 		    x	executing an autocommand
-		    w	blocked on waiting, e.g. ch_evalexpr() and
-			ch_read(), ch_readraw() when reading json.
+		    w	blocked on waiting, e.g. ch_evalexpr(), ch_read() and
+			ch_readraw() when reading json.
 		    S	not triggering SafeState or SafeStateAgain
 		    c	callback invoked, including timer (repeats for
 			recursiveness up to "ccc")
@@ -9130,7 +9264,7 @@ str2nr({expr} [, {base} [, {quoted}]])				*str2nr()*
 		When {base} is omitted base 10 is used.  This also means that
 		a leading zero doesn't cause octal conversion to be used, as
 		with the default String to Number conversion.  Example: >
-			let nr = str2nr('123')
+			let nr = str2nr('0123')
 <
 		When {base} is 16 a leading "0x" or "0X" is ignored.  With a
 		different base the result will be zero.  Similarly, when
@@ -9202,7 +9336,7 @@ strftime({format} [, {time}])				*strftime()*
 		{format} depends on your system, thus this is not portable!
 		See the manual page of the C function strftime() for the
 		format.  The maximum length of the result is 80 characters.
-		See also |localtime()| and |getftime()|.
+		See also |localtime()|, |getftime()| and |strptime()|.
 		The language can be changed with the |:language| command.
 		Examples: >
 		  :echo strftime("%c")		   Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997
@@ -9247,6 +9381,7 @@ stridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])		*stridx()*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetHaystack()->stridx(needle)
+<
 							*string()*
 string({expr})	Return {expr} converted to a String.  If {expr} is a Number,
 		Float, String, Blob or a composition of them, then the result
@@ -9302,6 +9437,34 @@ strpart({src}, {start} [, {len}])			*strpart()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetText()->strpart(5)
 
+strptime({format}, {timestring})				*strptime()*
+		The result is a Number, which is a unix timestamp representing
+		the date and time in {timestring}, which is expected to match
+		the format specified in {format}.
+
+		The accepted {format} depends on your system, thus this is not
+		portable!  See the manual page of the C function strptime()
+		for the format.  Especially avoid "%c".  The value of $TZ also
+		matters.
+
+		If the {timestring} cannot be parsed with {format} zero is
+		returned.  If you do not know the format of {timestring} you
+		can try different {format} values until you get a non-zero
+		result.
+
+		See also |strftime()|.
+		Examples: >
+		  :echo strptime("%Y %b %d %X", "1997 Apr 27 11:49:23")
+<		  862156163 >
+		  :echo strftime("%c", strptime("%y%m%d %T", "970427 11:53:55"))
+<		  Sun Apr 27 11:53:55 1997 >
+		  :echo strftime("%c", strptime("%Y%m%d%H%M%S", "19970427115355") + 3600)
+<		  Sun Apr 27 12:53:55 1997
+
+		Not available on all systems.  To check use: >
+			:if exists("*strptime")
+
+
 strridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])			*strridx()*
 		The result is a Number, which gives the byte index in
 		{haystack} of the last occurrence of the String {needle}.
@@ -9611,7 +9774,7 @@ system({expr} [, {input}])				*system()* *E677*
 		The command executed is constructed using several options:
 	'shell' 'shellcmdflag' 'shellxquote' {expr} 'shellredir' {tmp} 'shellxquote'
 		({tmp} is an automatically generated file name).
-		For Unix and OS/2 braces are put around {expr} to allow for
+		For Unix, braces are put around {expr} to allow for
 		concatenated commands.
 
 		The command will be executed in "cooked" mode, so that a
@@ -10142,8 +10305,8 @@ win_execute({id}, {command} [, {silent}])		*win_execute()*
 		Not all commands are allowed in popup windows.
 		When window {id} does not exist then no error is given.
 
-		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is used for the
-		command: >
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is passed as the
+		second argument: >
 			GetCommand()->win_execute(winid)
 
 win_findbuf({bufnr})					*win_findbuf()*
@@ -10206,6 +10369,7 @@ win_splitmove({nr}, {target} [, {options}])		*win_splitmove()*
 		then closing {nr}.
 
 		Both {nr} and {target} can be window numbers or |window-ID|s.
+		Both must be in the current tab page.
 
 		Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
 
@@ -10239,6 +10403,13 @@ wincol()	The result is a Number, which is the virtual column of the
 		cursor in the window.  This is counting screen cells from the
 		left side of the window.  The leftmost column is one.
 
+							*windowsversion()*
+windowsversion()
+		The result is a String.  For MS-Windows it indicates the OS
+		version.  E.g, Windows 10 is "10.0", Windows 8 is "6.2",
+		Windows XP is "5.1".  For non-MS-Windows systems the result is
+		an empty string.
+
 winheight({nr})						*winheight()*
 		The result is a Number, which is the height of window {nr}.
 		{nr} can be the window number or the |window-ID|.
@@ -10294,6 +10465,7 @@ winline()	The result is a Number, which is the screen line of the cursor
 							*winnr()*
 winnr([{arg}])	The result is a Number, which is the number of the current
 		window.  The top window has number 1.
+		Returns zero for a popup window.
 
 		The optional argument {arg} supports the following values:
 			$	the number of the last window (the window
@@ -10461,13 +10633,13 @@ xor({expr}, {expr})					*xor()*
 		to a number.  A List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.
 		Example: >
 			:let bits = xor(bits, 0x80)
-<		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			:let bits = bits->xor(0x80)
 <
 
-
 							*feature-list*
-There are four types of features:
+There are three types of features:
 1.  Features that are only supported when they have been enabled when Vim
     was compiled |+feature-list|.  Example: >
 	:if has("cindent")
@@ -10534,15 +10706,15 @@ eval			Compiled with expression evaluation support.  Always
 ex_extra		|+ex_extra| (always true)
 extra_search		Compiled with support for |'incsearch'| and
 			|'hlsearch'|
-farsi			Compiled with Farsi support |farsi|.
+farsi			Support for Farsi was removed |farsi|.
 file_in_path		Compiled with support for |gf| and |<cfile>|
 filterpipe		When 'shelltemp' is off pipes are used for shell
 			read/write/filter commands
 find_in_path		Compiled with support for include file searches
 			|+find_in_path|.
 float			Compiled with support for |Float|.
-fname_case		Case in file names matters (for Amiga, MS-DOS, and
-			Windows this is not present).
+fname_case		Case in file names matters (for Amiga and MS-Windows
+			this is not present).
 folding			Compiled with |folding| support.
 footer			Compiled with GUI footer support. |gui-footer|
 fork			Compiled to use fork()/exec() instead of system().
@@ -10660,6 +10832,7 @@ ttyout			output is a terminal (tty)
 unix			Unix version of Vim. *+unix*
 unnamedplus		Compiled with support for "unnamedplus" in 'clipboard'
 user_commands		User-defined commands. (always true)
+vartabs			Compiled with variable tabstop support |'vartabstop'|.
 vcon			Win32: Virtual console support is working, can use
 			'termguicolors'. Also see |+vtp|.
 vertsplit		Compiled with vertically split windows |:vsplit|.
@@ -10730,6 +10903,9 @@ New functions can be defined.  These can be called just like builtin
 functions.  The function executes a sequence of Ex commands.  Normal mode
 commands can be executed with the |:normal| command.
 
+This section is about the legacy functions. For the Vim9 functions, which
+execute much faster, support type checking and more, see |vim9.txt|.
+
 The function name must start with an uppercase letter, to avoid confusion with
 builtin functions.  To prevent from using the same name in different scripts
 avoid obvious, short names.  A good habit is to start the function name with
@@ -11338,21 +11514,22 @@ This does NOT work: >
 
 						*:let=<<* *:let-heredoc*
 						*E990* *E991* *E172* *E221*
-:let {var-name} =<< [trim] {marker}
+:let {var-name} =<< [trim] {endmarker}
 text...
 text...
-{marker}
+{endmarker}
 			Set internal variable {var-name} to a List containing
-			the lines of text bounded by the string {marker}.
-			{marker} must not contain white space.
-			{marker} cannot start with a lower case character.
-			The last line should end only with the {marker} string
-			without any other character.  Watch out for white
-			space after {marker}!
+			the lines of text bounded by the string {endmarker}.
+			{endmarker} must not contain white space.
+			{endmarker} cannot start with a lower case character.
+			The last line should end only with the {endmarker}
+			string without any other character.  Watch out for
+			white space after {endmarker}!
 
 			Without "trim" any white space characters in the lines
 			of text are preserved.  If "trim" is specified before
-			{marker}, then indentation is stripped so you can do: >
+			{endmarker}, then indentation is stripped so you can
+			do: >
 				let text =<< trim END
 				   if ok
 				     echo 'done'
@@ -11366,23 +11543,31 @@ text...
 			non-empty text line is stripped from the input lines.
 			All leading indentation exactly matching the leading
 			indentation before `let` is stripped from the line
-			containing {marker}.  Note that the difference between
-			space and tab matters here.
+			containing {endmarker}.  Note that the difference
+			between space and tab matters here.
 
 			If {var-name} didn't exist yet, it is created.
 			Cannot be followed by another command, but can be
 			followed by a comment.
 
+			To avoid line continuation to be applied, consider
+			adding 'C' to 'cpoptions': >
+				set cpo+=C
+				let var =<< END
+				   \ leading backslash
+				END
+				set cpo-=C
+<
 			Examples: >
 				let var1 =<< END
-			Sample text 1
-			    Sample text 2
-			Sample text 3
-			END
+				Sample text 1
+				    Sample text 2
+				Sample text 3
+				END
 
 				let data =<< trim DATA
-				1 2 3 4
-				5 6 7 8
+					1 2 3 4
+					5 6 7 8
 				DATA
 <
 								*E121*
@@ -11510,21 +11695,6 @@ text...
 			Unlock the internal variable {name}.  Does the
 			opposite of |:lockvar|.
 
-							*:eval*
-:eval {expr}		Evaluate {expr} and discard the result.  Example: >
-				:eval Getlist()->Filter()->append('$')
-
-<			The expression is supposed to have a side effect,
-			since the resulting value is not used.  In the example
-			the `append()` call appends the List with text to the
-			buffer.  This is similar to `:call` but works with any
-			expression.
-
-			The command can be shortened to `:ev` or `:eva`, but
-			these are hard to recognize and therefore not to be
-			used.
-
-
 :if {expr1}			*:if* *:end* *:endif* *:en* *E171* *E579* *E580*
 :en[dif]		Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
 			or ":endif" if {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
@@ -11811,6 +11981,21 @@ text...
 			And to get a beep: >
 		:exe "normal \<Esc>"
 <
+							*:eval*
+:eval {expr}		Evaluate {expr} and discard the result.  Example: >
+				:eval Getlist()->Filter()->append('$')
+
+<			The expression is supposed to have a side effect,
+			since the resulting value is not used.  In the example
+			the `append()` call appends the List with text to the
+			buffer.  This is similar to `:call` but works with any
+			expression.
+
+			The command can be shortened to `:ev` or `:eva`, but
+			these are hard to recognize and therefore not to be
+			used.
+
+
 							*:exe* *:execute*
 :exe[cute] {expr1} ..	Executes the string that results from the evaluation
 			of {expr1} as an Ex command.

runtime/doc/farsi.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*farsi.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*farsi.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Mortaza Ghassab Shiran

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 16
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -34,8 +34,7 @@ if you didn't do that already.
 Detail: The ":filetype on" command will load one of these files:
 		Amiga	    $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim
 		Mac	    $VIMRUNTIME:filetype.vim
-		MS-DOS	    $VIMRUNTIME\filetype.vim
-		RiscOS	    Vim:Filetype
+		MS-Windows  $VIMRUNTIME\filetype.vim
 		Unix	    $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim
 		VMS	    $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim
 	This file is a Vim script that defines autocommands for the
@@ -308,13 +307,13 @@ all loaded.  For example, if this command: >
 
 produces this output:
 
-	runtimepath=/etc/vim,~/.vim,/usr/local/share/vim/vim60 ~
+	runtimepath=/etc/vim,~/.vim,/usr/local/share/vim/vim82 ~
 
 then Vim will load all plugins in these directories and below:
 
 	/etc/vim/plugin/  ~
 	~/.vim/plugin/  ~
-	/usr/local/share/vim/vim60/plugin/  ~
+	/usr/local/share/vim/vim82/plugin/  ~
 
 Note that the last one is the value of $VIMRUNTIME which has been expanded.
 

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*fold.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
+*fold.txt*      For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_ada.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*ft_ada.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
 
 
 		    ADA FILE TYPE PLUG-INS REFERENCE MANUAL~

runtime/doc/ft_rust.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_rust.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2017 Nov 02
+*ft_rust.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2017 Nov 02
 
 This is documentation for the Rust filetype plugin.
 

runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2013 May 15
+*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 by David Fishburn
 
@@ -342,8 +342,8 @@ The defaults static maps are: >
     imap <buffer> <C-C>T <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlType')<CR><C-X><C-O>
     imap <buffer> <C-C>s <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlStatement')<CR><C-X><C-O>
 
-The use of "<C-C>" can be user chosen by using the following in your |.vimrc| as it 
-may not work properly on all platforms: >
+The use of "<C-C>" can be user chosen by using the following in your |.vimrc|
+as it may not work properly on all platforms: >
     let g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key = '<C-C>'
 >
 The static maps (which are based on the syntax highlight groups) follow this
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ The SQL completion plugin can also display a list of columns for particular
 tables.  The column completion is trigger via <C-C>c.
 
 NOTE: The following example uses <Right> to trigger a column list while
-      the popup window is active.  
+      the popup window is active.
 
 Example of using column completion:
      - Press <C-C>t again to display the list of tables.

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 21
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -95,9 +95,7 @@ terminal version.
 
 Recommended place for your personal GUI initializations:
 	Unix		    $HOME/.gvimrc or $HOME/.vim/gvimrc
-	OS/2		    $HOME/.gvimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/gvimrc
-			    or $VIM/.gvimrc
-	MS-DOS and Win32    $HOME/_gvimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/gvimrc
+	Win32    	    $HOME/_gvimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/gvimrc
 			    or $VIM/_gvimrc
 	Amiga		    s:.gvimrc, home:.gvimrc, home:vimfiles:gvimrc
 			    or $VIM/.gvimrc
@@ -309,7 +307,7 @@ because the menu command will always be applied to the top window.
 
 If you are on the ':' line (or '/' or '?'), then clicking the left or right
 mouse button will position the cursor on the ':' line (if 'mouse' contains
-'c', 'a' or 'A').
+'c' or 'a').
 
 In any situation the middle mouse button may be clicked to paste the current
 selection.
@@ -560,8 +558,9 @@ floating menus that do not appear on the main menu bar.
 				*E330* *E327* *E331* *E336* *E333*
 				*E328* *E329* *E337* *E792*
 To create a new menu item, use the ":menu" commands.  They are mostly like
-the ":map" set of commands but the first argument is a menu item name, given
-as a path of menus and submenus with a '.' between them, e.g.: >
+the ":map" set of commands (see |map-modes|), but the first argument is a menu
+item name, given as a path of menus and submenus with a '.' between them,
+e.g.: >
 
    :menu File.Save  :w<CR>
    :inoremenu File.Save  <C-O>:w<CR>

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -106,8 +106,6 @@ when you have got a new version):
 You can also install Vim in the "Send To" menu:
 1. Start a Windows Explorer
 2. Navigate to your sendto directory:
-   Windows NT: %windir%\profiles\%user%\sendto (e.g.
-	       "c:\winnt\profiles\mattha\sendto")
    Windows XP: C:\Documents and Settings\%user%\SendTo
    Windows Vista: C:\Users\%user%\AppData\Roaming\Microsoft\Windows\SendTo .
 3. Right-click in the file pane and select New->Shortcut
@@ -115,7 +113,8 @@ You can also install Vim in the "Send To" menu:
 
 When you 'send a file to Vim', Vim changes to that file's directory.  Note,
 however, that any long directory names will appear in their short (MS-DOS)
-form.  This is a limitation of the Windows "Send To" mechanism.
+form on some Windows versions.  This is a limitation of the Windows "Send To"
+mechanism.
 
 						*notepad*
 You could replace notepad.exe with gvim.exe, but that has a few side effects.
@@ -169,8 +168,8 @@ you can.
 					    Vim Shell Extension
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vim\Gvim
 		path			    {path}\gvim.exe
-   HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\vim 5.6
-		DisplayName		    Vim 5.6: Edit with Vim popup menu entry
+   HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\vim 8.2
+		DisplayName		    Vim 8.2: Edit with Vim popup menu entry
 		UninstallString		    {path}\uninstall.exe
 
    Replace {path} with the path that leads to the executable.
@@ -214,7 +213,7 @@ REGEDIT4
 [HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Applications\gvim.exe\shell\edit]
 
 [HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Applications\gvim.exe\shell\edit\command]
-@="c:\\vim\\vim62\\gvim.exe \"%1\""
+@="c:\\vim\\vim82\\gvim.exe \"%1\""
 
 [HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.htm\OpenWithList\gvim.exe]
 
@@ -222,7 +221,7 @@ REGEDIT4
 
 ----------------------------------------------------------
 
-Change the "c:\\vim\\vim62" bit to where gvim.exe is actually located.
+Change the "c:\\vim\\vim82" bit to where gvim.exe is actually located.
 
 To uninstall this run the Vim uninstall program or manually delete the
 registry entries with "regedit".

runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/hangulin.txt

@@ -1,112 +1,17 @@
-*hangulin.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2015 Nov 24
+*hangulin.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Chi-Deok Hwang and Sung-Hyun Nam
 
+						*hangul*
+Vim had built-in support for hangul, the Korean language, for users without
+XIM (X Input Method).  Since it didn't work well and was not maintained it was
+removed in Vim 8.1.2327.
 
-Introduction					*hangul*
-------------
-It is to input hangul, the Korean language, with Vim GUI version.
-If you have a XIM program, you can use another |+xim| feature.
-Basically, it is for anybody who has no XIM program.
+If you want this hangul input mehod you can go back to Vim 8.1.2326 or
+earlier.  If you think this code is still useful and want to maintain it, make
+a patch to add it back.  However, making it work with UTF-8 encoding would be
+best.
 
-Compile
--------
-Next is a basic option.  You can add any other configure option. >
-
-   ./configure --with-x --enable-multibyte --enable-hangulinput \
-            --disable-xim
-
-And you should check feature.h.  If |+hangul_input| feature is enabled
-by configure, you can select more options such as keyboard type, 2 bulsik
-or 3 bulsik.  You can find keywords like next in there. >
-
-	#define HANGUL_DEFAULT_KEYBOARD 2
-	#define ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE
-	/* #define X_LOCALE */
-
-Environment variables
----------------------
-You should set LANG variable to Korean locale such as ko, ko_KR.eucKR
-or ko_KR.UTF-8.
-If you set LC_ALL variable, it should be set to Korean locale also.
-
-Vim resource
-------------
-You may want to set 'encoding' and 'fileencodings'.
-Next are examples: >
-
-	:set encoding=euc-kr
-	:set encoding=utf-8
-	:set fileencodings=ucs-bom,utf-8,cp949,euc-kr,latin1
-
-Keyboard
---------
-You can change keyboard type (2 bulsik or 3 bulsik) using VIM_KEYBOARD
-or HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE environment variables.  For sh, just do (2 bulsik): >
-
-    export VIM_KEYBOARD="2"
-or >
-    export HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE="2"
-
-If both are set, VIM_KEYBOARD has higher priority.
-
-Hangul Fonts
-------------
-If you use GTK version of gvim, you should set 'guifont' and 'guifontwide'.
-For example: >
-    set guifont=Courier\ 12
-    set guifontwide=NanumGothicCoding\ 12
-
-If you use Motif or Athena version of gvim, you should set 'guifontset' in
-your vimrc.  You can set fontset in the .Xdefaults file.
-
-$HOME/.gvimrc: >
-    set guifontset=english_font,hangul_font
-
-$HOME/.Xdefaults: >
-    Vim.font: english_font
-
-    ! Nexts are for hangul menu with Athena
-    *international: True
-    Vim*fontSet: english_font,hangul_font
-
-    ! Nexts are for hangul menu with Motif
-    *international: True
-    Vim*fontList: english_font;hangul_font:
-
-attention! the , (comma) or ; (semicolon)
-
-And there should be no ':set guifont'.  If it exists, then gvim ignores
-':set guifontset'.  It means Vim runs without fontset supporting.
-So, you can see only English.  Hangul does not be correctly displayed.
-
-After "fontset" feature is enabled, Vim does not allow using english
-font only in "font" setting for syntax.
-For example, if you use >
-   :set guifontset=eng_font,your_font
-in your .gvimrc, then you should do for syntax >
-   :hi Comment guifg=Cyan font=another_eng_font,another_your_font
-If you just do >
-   :hi Comment font=another_eng_font
-then you can see a error message.  Be careful!
-
-hangul_font width should be twice than english_font width.
-
-Unsupported Feature
--------------------
-We don't support Johab font.
-We don't support Hanja input.
-And We don't have any plan to support them.
-
-If you really need such features, you can use console version of Vim with a
-capable terminal emulator.
-
-Bug or Comment
---------------
-Send comments, patches and suggestions to:
-
-				    SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
-				    Chi-Deok Hwang <...>
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/hebrew.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*hebrew.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*hebrew.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
 
 
 	   VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Ron Aaron (and Avner Lottem)

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Remarks about specific systems ~
 |os_390.txt|	OS/390 Unix
 |os_amiga.txt|	Amiga
 |os_beos.txt|	BeOS and BeBox
-|os_dos.txt|	MS-DOS and MS-Windows NT/95 common items
+|os_dos.txt|	MS-DOS and MS-Windows common items
 |os_mac.txt|	Macintosh
 |os_mint.txt|	Atari MiNT
 |os_msdos.txt|	MS-DOS (plain DOS and DOS box under Windows)
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Remarks about specific systems ~
 |os_risc.txt|	RISC-OS
 |os_unix.txt|	Unix
 |os_vms.txt|	VMS
-|os_win32.txt|	MS-Windows 95/98/NT
+|os_win32.txt|	MS-Windows
 						*standard-plugin-list*
 Standard plugins ~
 |pi_getscript.txt| Downloading latest version of Vim scripts

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 04
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Oct 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -102,7 +102,11 @@ Help on help files					*helphelp*
 			current file.  See |help-translated|.
 
 						 	*:helpc* *:helpclose*
-:helpc[lose]            Close one help window, if there is one.
+:helpc[lose]		Close one help window, if there is one.
+			Vim will try to restore the window layout (including
+			cursor position) to the same layout it was before
+			opening the help window initially.  This might cause
+			triggering several autocommands.
 
 							*:helpg* *:helpgrep*
 :helpg[rep] {pattern}[@xx]

runtime/doc/howto.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*howto.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2006 Apr 02
+*howto.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2006 Apr 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/if_cscop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Andy Kahn

runtime/doc/if_lua.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Luis Carvalho

runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sergey Khorev
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ To avoid clashes with MzScheme, consider using prefix when requiring module,
 e.g.: >
 	:mzscheme (require (prefix vim- vimext))
 <
-All the examples below assume this naming scheme. 
+All the examples below assume this naming scheme.
 
 							*mzscheme-sandbox*
 When executed in the |sandbox|, access to some filesystem and Vim interface

runtime/doc/if_ole.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ole.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_ole.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ instance), code similar to the following should be used:
 	$vim = new Win32::OLE 'Vim.Application';
 
 [C#] >
-        // Add a reference to Vim in your project. 
+        // Add a reference to Vim in your project.
         // Choose the COM tab.
         // Select "Vim Ole Interface 1.1 Type Library"
 	Vim.Vim vimobj = new Vim.Vim();

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege
@@ -55,14 +55,14 @@ The ActiveState one should work, Strawberry Perl is a good alternative.
 			working: >
 				:perl VIM::Msg("Hello")
 
-:pe[rl] << [endpattern]
+:pe[rl] << [endmarker]
 {script}
-{endpattern}
+{endmarker}
 			Execute Perl script {script}.
-			The {endpattern} after {script} must NOT be preceded
-			by any white space.
+			The {endmarker} after {script} must NOT be preceded by
+			any white space.
 
-			If [endpattern] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
+			If [endmarker] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
 			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  Using
 			'.' helps when inside a function, because "$i;" looks
 			like the start of an |:insert| command to Vim.
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ VIM::Windows([{wn}...])	With no arguments, returns a list of all the windows
 VIM::DoCommand({cmd})	Executes Ex command {cmd}.
 
 							*perl-Eval*
-VIM::Eval({expr})	Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, value) in list 
+VIM::Eval({expr})	Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, value) in list
 			context or just value in scalar context.
 			success=1 indicates that val contains the value of
 			{expr}; success=0 indicates a failure to evaluate

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ vim.eval(str)						*python-eval*
 	    :py text_width = vim.eval("&tw")
 	    :
 	    :" contents of the 'a' register
-	    :py a_reg = vim.eval("@a") 
+	    :py a_reg = vim.eval("@a")
 	    :
 	    :" Result is a string! Use string.atoi() to convert to a number.
 	    :py str = vim.eval("12+12")
@@ -194,25 +194,25 @@ vim.eval(str)						*python-eval*
 	'eval_expr', 'kind': 'f', 'filename': './src/eval.c'}] ~
 
 vim.bindeval(str)					*python-bindeval*
-	Like |python-eval|, but returns special objects described in 
-	|python-bindeval-objects|. These python objects let you modify (|List| 
+	Like |python-eval|, but returns special objects described in
+	|python-bindeval-objects|. These python objects let you modify (|List|
 	or |Dictionary|) or call (|Funcref|) vim objects.
 
 vim.strwidth(str)					*python-strwidth*
-	Like |strwidth()|: returns number of display cells str occupies, tab 
+	Like |strwidth()|: returns number of display cells str occupies, tab
 	is counted as one cell.
 
 vim.foreach_rtp(callable)				*python-foreach_rtp*
-	Call the given callable for each path in 'runtimepath' until either 
-	callable returns something but None, the exception is raised or there 
-	are no longer paths. If stopped in case callable returned non-None, 
+	Call the given callable for each path in 'runtimepath' until either
+	callable returns something but None, the exception is raised or there
+	are no longer paths. If stopped in case callable returned non-None,
 	vim.foreach_rtp function returns the value returned by callable.
 
 vim.chdir(*args, **kwargs)				*python-chdir*
 vim.fchdir(*args, **kwargs)				*python-fchdir*
 	Run os.chdir or os.fchdir, then all appropriate vim stuff.
-	Note: you should not use these functions directly, use os.chdir and 
-	      os.fchdir instead. Behavior of vim.fchdir is undefined in case 
+	Note: you should not use these functions directly, use os.chdir and
+	      os.fchdir instead. Behavior of vim.fchdir is undefined in case
 	      os.fchdir does not exist.
 
 Error object of the "vim" module
@@ -247,15 +247,15 @@ vim.windows						*python-windows*
 	    :py w in vim.windows	# Membership test
 	    :py n = len(vim.windows)	# Number of elements
 	    :py for w in vim.windows:	# Sequential access
-<	Note: vim.windows object always accesses current tab page. 
-	|python-tabpage|.windows objects are bound to parent |python-tabpage| 
-	object and always use windows from that tab page (or throw vim.error 
-	in case tab page was deleted). You can keep a reference to both 
-	without keeping a reference to vim module object or |python-tabpage|, 
+<	Note: vim.windows object always accesses current tab page.
+	|python-tabpage|.windows objects are bound to parent |python-tabpage|
+	object and always use windows from that tab page (or throw vim.error
+	in case tab page was deleted). You can keep a reference to both
+	without keeping a reference to vim module object or |python-tabpage|,
 	they will not lose their properties in this case.
 
 vim.tabpages						*python-tabpages*
-	A sequence object providing access to the list of vim tab pages. The 
+	A sequence object providing access to the list of vim tab pages. The
 	object supports the following operations: >
 	    :py t = vim.tabpages[i]	# Indexing (read-only)
 	    :py t in vim.tabpages	# Membership test
@@ -276,12 +276,12 @@ vim.current						*python-current*
 	"current range".  A range is a bit like a buffer, but with all access
 	restricted to a subset of lines.  See |python-range| for more details.
 
-	Note: When assigning to vim.current.{buffer,window,tabpage} it expects 
-	valid |python-buffer|, |python-window| or |python-tabpage| objects 
-	respectively. Assigning triggers normal (with |autocommand|s) 
-	switching to given buffer, window or tab page. It is the only way to 
-	switch UI objects in python: you can't assign to 
-	|python-tabpage|.window attribute. To switch without triggering 
+	Note: When assigning to vim.current.{buffer,window,tabpage} it expects
+	valid |python-buffer|, |python-window| or |python-tabpage| objects
+	respectively. Assigning triggers normal (with |autocommand|s)
+	switching to given buffer, window or tab page. It is the only way to
+	switch UI objects in python: you can't assign to
+	|python-tabpage|.window attribute. To switch without triggering
 	autocommands use >
 	    py << EOF
 	    saved_eventignore = vim.options['eventignore']
@@ -294,12 +294,12 @@ vim.current						*python-current*
 <
 vim.vars						*python-vars*
 vim.vvars						*python-vvars*
-	Dictionary-like objects holding dictionaries with global (|g:|) and 
-	vim (|v:|) variables respectively. Identical to `vim.bindeval("g:")`, 
+	Dictionary-like objects holding dictionaries with global (|g:|) and
+	vim (|v:|) variables respectively. Identical to `vim.bindeval("g:")`,
 	but faster.
 
 vim.options						*python-options*
-	Object partly supporting mapping protocol (supports setting and 
+	Object partly supporting mapping protocol (supports setting and
 	getting items) providing a read-write access to global options.
 	Note: unlike |:set| this provides access only to global options. You
 	cannot use this object to obtain or set local options' values or
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ vim.options						*python-options*
 	buffer-local options and |python-window| objects to access to
 	window-local options.
 
-	Type of this object is available via "Options" attribute of vim 
+	Type of this object is available via "Options" attribute of vim
 	module.
 
 Output from Python					*python-output*
@@ -331,10 +331,10 @@ Output from Python					*python-output*
 		    *python2-directory* *python3-directory* *pythonx-directory*
 Python 'runtimepath' handling				*python-special-path*
 
-In python vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH special directory is used as a replacement for 
-the list of paths found in 'runtimepath': with this directory in sys.path and 
-vim.path_hooks in sys.path_hooks python will try to load module from 
-{rtp}/python2 (or python3) and {rtp}/pythonx (for both python versions) for 
+In python vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH special directory is used as a replacement for
+the list of paths found in 'runtimepath': with this directory in sys.path and
+vim.path_hooks in sys.path_hooks python will try to load module from
+{rtp}/python2 (or python3) and {rtp}/pythonx (for both python versions) for
 each {rtp} found in 'runtimepath'.
 
 Implementation is similar to the following, but written in C: >
@@ -362,8 +362,8 @@ Implementation is similar to the following, but written in C: >
             fmr = find_module(fullname, path)
             return load_module(fullname, *fmr)
 
-    # It uses vim module itself in place of VimPathFinder class: it does not 
-    # matter for python which object has find_module function attached to as 
+    # It uses vim module itself in place of VimPathFinder class: it does not
+    # matter for python which object has find_module function attached to as
     # an attribute.
     class VimPathFinder(object):
         @classmethod
@@ -386,28 +386,28 @@ Implementation is similar to the following, but written in C: >
     sys.path_hooks.append(hook)
 
 vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH					*python-VIM_SPECIAL_PATH*
-	String constant used in conjunction with vim path hook. If path hook 
-	installed by vim is requested to handle anything but path equal to 
-	vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH constant it raises ImportError. In the only other 
+	String constant used in conjunction with vim path hook. If path hook
+	installed by vim is requested to handle anything but path equal to
+	vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH constant it raises ImportError. In the only other
 	case it uses special loader.
 
-	Note: you must not use value of this constant directly, always use 
+	Note: you must not use value of this constant directly, always use
 	      vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH object.
 
 vim.find_module(...)					*python-find_module*
 vim.path_hook(path)					*python-path_hook*
-	Methods or objects used to implement path loading as described above. 
-	You should not be using any of these directly except for vim.path_hook 
-	in case you need to do something with sys.meta_path. It is not 
-	guaranteed that any of the objects will exist in the future vim 
+	Methods or objects used to implement path loading as described above.
+	You should not be using any of these directly except for vim.path_hook
+	in case you need to do something with sys.meta_path. It is not
+	guaranteed that any of the objects will exist in the future vim
 	versions.
 
 vim._get_paths						*python-_get_paths*
-	Methods returning a list of paths which will be searched for by path 
-	hook. You should not rely on this method being present in future 
+	Methods returning a list of paths which will be searched for by path
+	hook. You should not rely on this method being present in future
 	versions, but can use it for debugging.
 
-	It returns a list of {rtp}/python2 (or {rtp}/python3) and 
+	It returns a list of {rtp}/python2 (or {rtp}/python3) and
 	{rtp}/pythonx directories for each {rtp} in 'runtimepath'.
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -436,21 +436,21 @@ line numbers, which start from 1.  This is particularly relevant when dealing
 with marks (see below) which use vim line numbers.
 
 The buffer object attributes are:
-	b.vars		Dictionary-like object used to access 
+	b.vars		Dictionary-like object used to access
 			|buffer-variable|s.
-	b.options	Mapping object (supports item getting, setting and 
-			deleting) that provides access to buffer-local options 
-			and buffer-local values of |global-local| options. Use 
-			|python-window|.options if option is window-local, 
-			this object will raise KeyError. If option is 
-			|global-local| and local value is missing getting it 
+	b.options	Mapping object (supports item getting, setting and
+			deleting) that provides access to buffer-local options
+			and buffer-local values of |global-local| options. Use
+			|python-window|.options if option is window-local,
+			this object will raise KeyError. If option is
+			|global-local| and local value is missing getting it
 			will return None.
 	b.name		String, RW. Contains buffer name (full path).
-			Note: when assigning to b.name |BufFilePre| and 
+			Note: when assigning to b.name |BufFilePre| and
 			|BufFilePost| autocommands are launched.
 	b.number	Buffer number. Can be used as |python-buffers| key.
 			Read-only.
-	b.valid		True or False. Buffer object becomes invalid when 
+	b.valid		True or False. Buffer object becomes invalid when
 			corresponding buffer is wiped out.
 
 The buffer object methods are:
@@ -538,16 +538,16 @@ Window attributes are:
 				This is a tuple, (row,col).
 	height (read-write)	The window height, in rows
 	width (read-write)	The window width, in columns
-	vars (read-only)	The window |w:| variables. Attribute is 
-				unassignable, but you can change window 
+	vars (read-only)	The window |w:| variables. Attribute is
+				unassignable, but you can change window
 				variables this way
-	options (read-only)	The window-local options. Attribute is 
-				unassignable, but you can change window 
-				options this way. Provides access only to 
-				window-local options, for buffer-local use 
-				|python-buffer| and for global ones use 
-				|python-options|. If option is |global-local| 
-				and local value is missing getting it will 
+	options (read-only)	The window-local options. Attribute is
+				unassignable, but you can change window
+				options this way. Provides access only to
+				window-local options, for buffer-local use
+				|python-buffer| and for global ones use
+				|python-options|. If option is |global-local|
+				and local value is missing getting it will
 				return None.
 	number (read-only)	Window number.  The first window has number 1.
 				This is zero in case it cannot be determined
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ Window attributes are:
 	row, col (read-only)	On-screen window position in display cells.
 				First position is zero.
 	tabpage (read-only)	Window tab page.
-	valid (read-write)	True or False. Window object becomes invalid 
+	valid (read-write)	True or False. Window object becomes invalid
 				when corresponding window is closed.
 
 The height attribute is writable only if the screen is split horizontally.
@@ -567,21 +567,21 @@ Window object type is available using "Window" attribute of vim module.
 ==============================================================================
 6. Tab page objects					*python-tabpage*
 
-Tab page objects represent vim tab pages. You can obtain them in a number of 
+Tab page objects represent vim tab pages. You can obtain them in a number of
 ways:
 	- via vim.current.tabpage (|python-current|)
 	- from indexing vim.tabpages (|python-tabpages|)
 
-You can use this object to access tab page windows. They have no methods and 
+You can use this object to access tab page windows. They have no methods and
 no sequence or other interfaces.
 
 Tab page attributes are:
-	number		The tab page number like the one returned by 
+	number		The tab page number like the one returned by
 			|tabpagenr()|.
 	windows		Like |python-windows|, but for current tab page.
 	vars		The tab page |t:| variables.
 	window		Current tabpage window.
-	valid		True or False. Tab page object becomes invalid when 
+	valid		True or False. Tab page object becomes invalid when
 			corresponding tab page is closed.
 
 TabPage object type is available using "TabPage" attribute of vim module.
@@ -598,8 +598,8 @@ vim.Dictionary object				*python-Dictionary*
                     zero            Variable is not locked
                     vim.VAR_LOCKED  Variable is locked, but can be unlocked
                     vim.VAR_FIXED   Variable is locked and can't be unlocked
-                   Read-write. You can unlock locked variable by assigning 
-                   `True` or `False` to this attribute. No recursive locking 
+                   Read-write. You can unlock locked variable by assigning
+                   `True` or `False` to this attribute. No recursive locking
                    is supported.
         scope      One of
                     Value              Description ~
@@ -615,23 +615,23 @@ vim.Dictionary object				*python-Dictionary*
         update(iterable), update(dictionary), update(**kwargs)
                     Adds keys to dictionary.
         get(key[, default=None])
-                    Obtain key from dictionary, returning the default if it is 
+                    Obtain key from dictionary, returning the default if it is
                     not present.
         pop(key[, default])
-                    Remove specified key from dictionary and return 
-                    corresponding value. If key is not found and default is 
+                    Remove specified key from dictionary and return
+                    corresponding value. If key is not found and default is
                     given returns the default, otherwise raises KeyError.
         popitem()
-                    Remove random key from dictionary and return (key, value) 
+                    Remove random key from dictionary and return (key, value)
                     pair.
         has_key(key)
-                    Check whether dictionary contains specified key, similar 
+                    Check whether dictionary contains specified key, similar
                     to `key in dict`.
 
         __new__(), __new__(iterable), __new__(dictionary), __new__(update)
-                    You can use `vim.Dictionary()` to create new vim 
-                    dictionaries. `d=vim.Dictionary(arg)` is the same as 
-                    `d=vim.bindeval('{}');d.update(arg)`. Without arguments 
+                    You can use `vim.Dictionary()` to create new vim
+                    dictionaries. `d=vim.Dictionary(arg)` is the same as
+                    `d=vim.bindeval('{}');d.update(arg)`. Without arguments
                     constructs empty dictionary.
 
     Examples: >
@@ -652,15 +652,15 @@ vim.Dictionary object				*python-Dictionary*
 
 vim.List object					*python-List*
     Sequence-like object providing access to vim |List| type.
-    Supports `.locked` attribute, see |python-.locked|. Also supports the 
+    Supports `.locked` attribute, see |python-.locked|. Also supports the
     following methods:
         Method          Description ~
         extend(item)    Add items to the list.
 
         __new__(), __new__(iterable)
-                        You can use `vim.List()` to create new vim lists. 
-                        `l=vim.List(iterable)` is the same as 
-                        `l=vim.bindeval('[]');l.extend(iterable)`. Without 
+                        You can use `vim.List()` to create new vim lists.
+                        `l=vim.List(iterable)` is the same as
+                        `l=vim.bindeval('[]');l.extend(iterable)`. Without
                         arguments constructs empty list.
     Examples: >
         l = vim.List("abc")		# Constructor, result: ['a', 'b', 'c']
@@ -674,24 +674,24 @@ vim.List object					*python-List*
         class List(vim.List):		# Subclassing
 
 vim.Function object				*python-Function*
-    Function-like object, acting like vim |Funcref| object. Accepts special 
-    keyword argument `self`, see |Dictionary-function|. You can also use 
-    `vim.Function(name)` constructor, it is the same as 
+    Function-like object, acting like vim |Funcref| object. Accepts special
+    keyword argument `self`, see |Dictionary-function|. You can also use
+    `vim.Function(name)` constructor, it is the same as
     `vim.bindeval('function(%s)'%json.dumps(name))`.
 
     Attributes (read-only):
         Attribute    Description ~
         name         Function name.
-        args         `None` or a |python-List| object with arguments.  Note 
-                     that this is a copy of the arguments list, constructed 
-                     each time you request this attribute. Modifications made 
-                     to the list will be ignored (but not to the containers 
-                     inside argument list: this is like |copy()| and not 
+        args         `None` or a |python-List| object with arguments.  Note
+                     that this is a copy of the arguments list, constructed
+                     each time you request this attribute. Modifications made
+                     to the list will be ignored (but not to the containers
+                     inside argument list: this is like |copy()| and not
                      |deepcopy()|).
-        self         `None` or a |python-Dictionary| object with self 
-                     dictionary. Note that explicit `self` keyword used when 
+        self         `None` or a |python-Dictionary| object with self
+                     dictionary. Note that explicit `self` keyword used when
                      calling resulting object overrides this attribute.
-        auto_rebind  Boolean. True if partial created from this Python object 
+        auto_rebind  Boolean. True if partial created from this Python object
                      and stored in the Vim script dictionary should be
                      automatically rebound to the dictionary it is stored in
                      when this dictionary is indexed. Exposes Vim internal
@@ -699,11 +699,11 @@ vim.Function object				*python-Function*
                      `function(dict.func,dict)` (auto_rebind=False). This
                      attribute makes no sense if `self` attribute is `None`.
 
-    Constructor additionally accepts `args`, `self` and `auto_rebind` 
-    keywords.  If `args` and/or `self` argument is given then it constructs 
-    a partial, see |function()|.  `auto_rebind` is only used when `self` 
-    argument is given, otherwise it is assumed to be `True` regardless of 
-    whether it was given or not.  If `self` is given then it defaults to 
+    Constructor additionally accepts `args`, `self` and `auto_rebind`
+    keywords.  If `args` and/or `self` argument is given then it constructs
+    a partial, see |function()|.  `auto_rebind` is only used when `self`
+    argument is given, otherwise it is assumed to be `True` regardless of
+    whether it was given or not.  If `self` is given then it defaults to
     `False`.
 
     Examples: >
@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ vim.Function object				*python-Function*
 ==============================================================================
 8. pyeval() and py3eval() Vim functions			*python-pyeval*
 
-To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |pyeval()| and |py3eval()| 
+To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |pyeval()| and |py3eval()|
 functions to evaluate Python expressions and pass their values to Vim script.
 |pyxeval()| is also available.
 
@@ -767,17 +767,28 @@ match the Python 2.x or Python 3 version Vim was compiled with.
 10. Python 3						*python3*
 
 							*:py3* *:python3*
-The `:py3` and `:python3` commands work similar to `:python`.  A simple check
-if the `:py3` command is working: >
-	:py3 print("Hello")
+:[range]py3 {stmt}
+:[range]py3 << [endmarker]
+{script}
+{endmarker}
 
-To see what version of Python you have: >
-	:py3 import sys
-	:py3 print(sys.version)
+:[range]python3 {stmt}
+:[range]python3 << [endmarker]
+{script}
+{endmarker}
+	The `:py3` and `:python3` commands work similar to `:python`.  A
+	simple check if the `:py3` command is working: >
+		:py3 print("Hello")
+<
+	To see what version of Python you have: >
+		:py3 import sys
+		:py3 print(sys.version)
 <							*:py3file*
-The `:py3file` command works similar to `:pyfile`.
+:[range]py3f[ile] {file}
+	The `:py3file` command works similar to `:pyfile`.
 							*:py3do*
-The `:py3do` command works similar to `:pydo`.
+:[range]py3do {body}
+	The `:py3do` command works similar to `:pydo`.
 
 
 Vim can be built in four ways (:version output):

runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
@@ -28,14 +28,14 @@ downloading Ruby there.
 :rub[y] {cmd}		Execute Ruby command {cmd}.  A command to try it out: >
 				:ruby print "Hello"
 
-:rub[y] << [endpattern]
+:rub[y] << [endmarker]
 {script}
-{endpattern}
+{endmarker}
 			Execute Ruby script {script}.
-			The {endpattern} after {script} must NOT be preceded
-			by any white space.
+			The {endmarker} after {script} must NOT be preceded by
+			any white space.
 
-			If [endpattern] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
+			If [endmarker] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
 			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
 
 			This form of the |:ruby| command is mainly useful for

runtime/doc/if_sniff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_sniff.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2016 Feb 27
+*if_sniff.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2016 Feb 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL

runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
+*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Ingo Wilken

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 01
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 <
 			*javascript-cinoptions* *javascript-indenting* *cino-J*
 	JN    Indent JavaScript object declarations correctly by not confusing
-	      them with labels.  The value 'N' is currently unused but must be 
+	      them with labels.  The value 'N' is currently unused but must be
 	      non-zero (e.g. 'J1').  If you enable this you probably also want
 	      to set |cino-j|. >
 
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 			that: this,
 			some: ok,
 		    },
-		    "bar":{ 
+		    "bar":{
 			a : 2,
 			b: "123abc",
 			x: 4,
@@ -812,6 +812,16 @@ Detail:
       <!-- --> : -1
 
 
+MATLAB			*ft-matlab-indent* *matlab-indent* *matlab-indenting*
+
+The setting Function indenting format in MATLAB Editor/Debugger Language
+Preferences corresponds to: >
+    :let g:MATLAB_function_indent = {0, 1 or 2 (default)}
+
+Where 0 is for Classic, 1 for Indent nested functions and 2 for Indent all
+functions.
+
+
 PHP				*ft-php-indent* *php-indent* *php-indenting*
 
 NOTE:	PHP files will be indented correctly only if PHP |syntax| is active.
@@ -885,7 +895,7 @@ To automatically remove '\r' characters when the 'fileformat' is set to Unix: >
 							*PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel*
 To indent braces at the same level than the code they contain: >
     :let g:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel = 1
-    
+
 This will give the following result: >
     if ($foo)
 	{
@@ -949,10 +959,12 @@ Function call arguments will indent 1 extra level. For two-space indentation: >
 -------------
 
 				*PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters*
-Extra indentation levels to add to arguments in multi-line function definitions. >
+Extra indentation levels to add to arguments in multi-line function
+definitions. >
     let g:PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters = 1
 
-Function arguments in declarations will indent 1 extra level. For two-space indentation: >
+Function arguments in declarations will indent 1 extra level. For two-space
+indentation: >
 
     function call_the_thing(
         $with_this,

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 27
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -73,6 +73,8 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 				the cursor
 |i_CTRL-Q|	CTRL-Q		same as CTRL-V, unless used for terminal
 				control flow
+|i_CTRL-SHIFT-Q|  CTRL-SHIFT-Q {char}
+				like CTRL-Q unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active
 |i_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {register}
 				insert the contents of a register
 |i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| CTRL-R CTRL-R {register}
@@ -89,6 +91,8 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 |i_CTRL-U|	CTRL-U		delete all entered characters in the current
 				line
 |i_CTRL-V|	CTRL-V {char}	insert next non-digit literally
+|i_CTRL-SHIFT-V|  CTRL-SHIFT-V {char}
+				like CTRL-V unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active
 |i_CTRL-V_digit| CTRL-V {number} insert three digit decimal number as a single
 				byte.
 |i_CTRL-W|	CTRL-W		delete word before the cursor
@@ -781,6 +785,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |gn|		gn	      1,2  find the next match with the last used
 				   search pattern and Visually select it
 |gm|		gm		1  go to character at middle of the screenline
+|gM|		gM		1  go to character at middle of the text line
 |go|		go		1  cursor to byte N in the buffer
 |gp|		["x]gp		2  put the text [from register x] after the
 				   cursor N times, leave the cursor after it

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 27
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -196,12 +196,19 @@ CTRL-V		Insert next non-digit literally.  For special keys, the
 		mapping.
 		Note: When CTRL-V is mapped (e.g., to paste text) you can
 		often use CTRL-Q instead |i_CTRL-Q|.
+		When |modifyOtherKeys| is enabled then special Escape sequence
+		is converted back to what it was without |modifyOtherKeys|,
+		unless the Shift key is also pressed.
 
 						*i_CTRL-Q*
 CTRL-Q		Same as CTRL-V.
 		Note: Some terminal connections may eat CTRL-Q, it doesn't
 		work then.  It does work in the GUI.
 
+CTRL-SHIFT-V				*i_CTRL-SHIFT-V* *i_CTRL-SHIFT-Q*
+CTRL-SHIFT-Q	Works just like CTRL-V, unless |modifyOtherKeys| is active,
+		then it inserts the Escape sequence for a key with modifiers.
+
 CTRL-X		Enter CTRL-X mode.  This is a sub-mode where commands can
 		be given to complete words or scroll the window.  See
 		|i_CTRL-X| and |ins-completion|.
@@ -1072,7 +1079,8 @@ If you want to suppress the warning message for an empty result, return
 
 Other items are ignored.
 
-For acting upon end of completion, see the |CompleteDone| autocommand event.
+For acting upon end of completion, see the |CompleteDonePre| and
+|CompleteDone| autocommand event.
 
 For example, the function can contain this: >
 	let matches = ... list of words ...
@@ -1101,7 +1109,8 @@ items:
 	empty		when non-zero this match will be added even when it is
 			an empty string
 	user_data 	custom data which is associated with the item and
-			available in |v:completed_item|
+			available in |v:completed_item|; it can be any type;
+			defaults to an empty string
 
 All of these except "icase", "equal", "dup" and "empty" must be a string.  If
 an item does not meet these requirements then an error message is given and
@@ -1138,6 +1147,27 @@ below the text, and the bottom of the menu otherwise.
 After the info popup is created it can be found with |popup_findinfo()| and
 properties can be changed with |popup_setoptions()|.
 
+						*complete-popuphidden*
+If the information for the popup is obtained asynchronously, use "popuphidden"
+in 'completeopt'.  The info popup will then be initially hidden and
+|popup_show()| must be called once it has been filled with the info.  This can
+be done with a |CompleteChanged| autocommand, something like this: >
+	set completeopt+=popuphidden
+	au CompleteChanged * call UpdateCompleteInfo()
+	func UpdateCompleteInfo()
+	  " Cancel any pending info fetch
+	  let item = v:event.completed_item
+	  " Start fetching info for the item then call ShowCompleteInfo(info)
+	endfunc
+	func ShowCompleteInfo(info)
+	  let id = popup_findinfo()
+	  if id
+	    call popup_settext(id, 'async info: ' .. a:info)
+	    call popup_show(id)
+	  endif
+	endfunc
+
+<						*complete-item-kind*
 The "kind" item uses a single letter to indicate the kind of completion.  This
 may be used to show the completion differently (different color or icon).
 Currently these types can be used:
@@ -1980,11 +2010,11 @@ If the 'fileformats' option is not empty Vim tries to recognize the type of
 changed, the detected format is only used while reading the file.
 A similar thing happens with 'fileencodings'.
 
-On non-MS-DOS, Win32, and OS/2 systems the message "[dos format]" is shown if
-a file is read in DOS format, to remind you that something unusual is done.
-On Macintosh, MS-DOS, Win32, and OS/2 the message "[unix format]" is shown if
-a file is read in Unix format.
-On non-Macintosh systems, the message "[Mac format]" is shown if a file is
+On non-Win32 systems the message "[dos format]" is shown if a file is read in
+DOS format, to remind you that something unusual is done.
+On Macintosh and Win32 the message "[unix format]" is shown if a file is read
+in Unix format.
+On non-Macintosh systems, the message "[mac format]" is shown if a file is
 read in Mac format.
 
 An example on how to use ":r !": >

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 16
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Vim would never have become what it is now, without the help of these people!
 	Sung-Hyun Nam		Work on multi-byte versions
 	Vince Negri		Win32 GUI and generic console enhancements
 	Steve Oualline		Author of the first Vim book |frombook|
-	Dominique Pelle		valgrind reports and many fixes
+	Dominique Pelle		Valgrind reports and many fixes
 	A.Politz		Many bug reports and some fixes
 	George V. Reilly	Win32 port, Win32 GUI start-off
 	Stephen Riehm		bug collector

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@ manual.
    1.8 Examples				|map-examples|
    1.9 Using mappings			|map-typing|
    1.10 Mapping alt-keys		|:map-alt-keys|
-   1.11 Mapping an operator		|:map-operator|
+   1.11 Mapping in modifyOtherKeys mode	|modifyOtherKeys|
+   1.12 Mapping an operator		|:map-operator|
 2. Abbreviations		|abbreviations|
 3. Local mappings and functions	|script-local|
 4. User-defined commands	|user-commands|
@@ -357,6 +358,8 @@ Some commands work both in Insert mode and Command-line mode, some not:
 :cmap  :cnoremap  :cunmap  :cmapclear	     -	       yes	   -
 :lmap  :lnoremap  :lunmap  :lmapclear	    yes*       yes*	  yes*
 
+* If 'iminsert' is 1, see |language-mapping| below.
+
 The original Vi did not have separate mappings for
 Normal/Visual/Operator-pending mode and for Insert/Command-line mode.
 Therefore the ":map" and ":map!" commands enter and display mappings for
@@ -777,6 +780,9 @@ In the GUI Vim handles the Alt key itself, thus mapping keys with ALT should
 always work.  But in a terminal Vim gets a sequence of bytes and has to figure
 out whether ALT was pressed or not.
 
+If the terminal supports the modifyOtherKeys mode and it has been enabled,
+then Vim can recognize more key combinations, see |modifyOtherKeys| below.
+
 By default Vim assumes that pressing the ALT key sets the 8th bit of a typed
 character.  Most decent terminals can work that way, such as xterm, aterm and
 rxvt.  If your <A-k> mappings don't work it might be that the terminal is
@@ -814,7 +820,40 @@ on the terminal; that's a good last resource in case you want to send ESC when
 using other applications but not when inside Vim.
 
 
-1.11 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*
+1.11 MAPPING IN modifyOtherKeys mode			*modifyOtherKeys*
+
+Xterm and a few other terminals can be put in a mode where keys with modifiers
+are sent with a special escape code.  Vim recognizes these codes and can then
+make a difference between CTRL-H and Backspace, even when Backspace sends the
+character 8.  And many more special keys.
+
+For xterm modifyOtherKeys is enabled in the builtin termcap entry.  If this is
+not used you can enable modifyOtherKeys with these lines in your vimrc: >
+      let &t_TI = "\<Esc>[>4;2m"
+      let &t_TE = "\<Esc>[>4;m"
+
+In case the modifyOtherKeys mode causes problems you can disable it: >
+      let &t_TI = ""
+      let &t_TE = ""
+It does not take effect immediately.  To have this work without restarting Vim
+execute a shell command, e.g.: `!ls`  Or put the lines in your |vimrc|.
+
+When modifyOtherKeys is enabled you can map <C-[> and <C-S-{>: >
+	imap <C-[> [[[
+	imap <C-S-{> {{{
+Without modifyOtherKeys <C-[> and <C-S-{> are indistinguishable from Esc.
+
+A known side effect effect is that in Insert mode the raw escape sequence is
+inserted after the CTRL-V key.  This can be used to check whether
+modifyOtherKeys is enabled: In Insert mode type CTRL-SHIFT-V CTRL-V, if you
+get one byte then modifyOtherKeys is off, if you get <1b>27;5;118~ then it is
+on.
+
+When the 'esckeys' option is off, then modifyOtherKeys will be disabled in
+Insert mode to avoid every key with a modifier causing Insert mode to end.
+
+
+1.12 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*
 
 An operator is used before a {motion} command.  To define your own operator
 you must create mapping that first sets the 'operatorfunc' option and then
@@ -1006,7 +1045,8 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			See |:map-<buffer>| for the optional <buffer> argument.
 
 						*:una* *:unabbreviate*
-:una[bbreviate] {lhs}	Remove abbreviation for {lhs} from the list.  If none
+:una[bbreviate] [<buffer>] {lhs}
+			Remove abbreviation for {lhs} from the list.  If none
 			is found, remove abbreviations in which {lhs} matches
 			with the {rhs}.  This is done so that you can even
 			remove abbreviations after expansion.  To avoid
@@ -1021,7 +1061,8 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			Same as ":ab", but for Command-line mode only.
 
 						*:cuna* *:cunabbrev*
-:cuna[bbrev] {lhs}	Same as ":una", but for Command-line mode only.
+:cuna[bbrev] [<buffer>] {lhs}
+			Same as ":una", but for Command-line mode only.
 
 						*:cnorea* *:cnoreabbrev*
 :cnorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
@@ -1033,7 +1074,8 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			Same as ":ab", but for Insert mode only.
 
 						*:iuna* *:iunabbrev*
-:iuna[bbrev] {lhs}	Same as ":una", but for insert mode only.
+:iuna[bbrev] [<buffer>] {lhs}
+			Same as ":una", but for insert mode only.
 
 						*:inorea* *:inoreabbrev*
 :inorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 04
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Jul 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 23
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ See `:messages` above.
 LIST OF MESSAGES
 			*E222* *E228* *E232* *E256* *E293* *E298* *E304* *E317*
 			*E318* *E356* *E438* *E439* *E440* *E316* *E320* *E322*
-			*E323* *E341* *E473* *E570* *E685* *E950*  >
+			*E323* *E341* *E473* *E570* *E685* *E292*  >
   Add to read buffer
   makemap: Illegal mode
   Cannot create BalloonEval with both message and callback
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ try to solve the memory shortage.  To stay on the safe side, exit Vim and
 start again.
 
 If this happens while Vim is still initializing, editing files is very
-unlikely to work, therefore Vim will exit with value 123. 
+unlikely to work, therefore Vim will exit with value 123.
 
 Buffers are only partly kept in memory, thus editing a very large file is
 unlikely to cause an out-of-memory situation.  Undo information is completely
@@ -582,7 +582,8 @@ allowed for the command that was used.
 Vim was not able to create a swap file.  You can still edit the file, but if
 Vim unexpectedly exits the changes will be lost.  And Vim may consume a lot of
 memory when editing a big file.  You may want to change the 'directory' option
-to avoid this error.  See |swap-file|.
+to avoid this error.  This error is not given when 'directory' is empty.  See
+|swap-file|.
 
 							*E140*  >
   Use ! to write partial buffer

runtime/doc/mlang.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Nov 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -227,6 +227,12 @@ g^			When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the first non-blank
 gm			Like "g0", but half a screenwidth to the right (or as
 			much as possible).
 
+							*gM*
+gM			Like "g0", but to halfway the text of the line.
+			With a count: to this percentage of text in the line.
+			Thus "10gM" is near the start of the text and "90gM"
+			is near the end of the text.
+
 							*g$* *g<End>*
 g$ or g<End>		When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the last character of
 			the screen line and [count - 1] screen lines downward
@@ -958,6 +964,7 @@ These commands are not marks themselves, but jump to a mark:
 			- numbered marks '0 - '9
 			- last insert position '^
 			- last change position '.
+			- last affected text area '[ and ']
 			- the Visual area '< and '>
 			- line numbers in placed signs
 			- line numbers in quickfix positions

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 May 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 26
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2020 Jan 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -22,9 +22,13 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 1. Setting options					*set-option* *E764*
 
 							*:se* *:set*
-:se[t]			Show all options that differ from their default value.
+:se[t][!]		Show all options that differ from their default value.
+			When [!] is present every option is on a separate
+			line.
 
-:se[t] all		Show all but terminal options.
+:se[t][!] all		Show all but terminal options.
+			When [!] is present every option is on a separate
+			line.
 
 :se[t] termcap		Show all terminal options.  Note that in the GUI the
 			key codes are not shown, because they are generated
@@ -196,11 +200,11 @@ the option value, use '\"' instead.  This example sets the 'titlestring'
 option to 'hi "there"': >
    :set titlestring=hi\ \"there\"
 
-For MS-DOS and WIN32 backslashes in file names are mostly not removed.  More
-precise: For options that expect a file name (those where environment
-variables are expanded) a backslash before a normal file name character is not
-removed.  But a backslash before a special character (space, backslash, comma,
-etc.) is used like explained above.
+For Win32 backslashes in file names are mostly not removed.  More precise: For
+options that expect a file name (those where environment variables are
+expanded) a backslash before a normal file name character is not removed.  But
+a backslash before a special character (space, backslash, comma, etc.) is used
+like explained above.
 There is one special situation, when the value starts with "\\": >
    :set dir=\\machine\path	    results in "\\machine\path"
    :set dir=\\\\machine\\path	    results in "\\machine\path"
@@ -287,7 +291,7 @@ happens when the buffer is not loaded, but they are lost when the buffer is
 wiped out |:bwipe|.
 
 							*:setl* *:setlocal*
-:setl[ocal] ...		Like ":set" but set only the value local to the
+:setl[ocal][!] ...	Like ":set" but set only the value local to the
 			current buffer or window.  Not all options have a
 			local value.  If the option does not have a local
 			value the global value is set.
@@ -309,7 +313,7 @@ wiped out |:bwipe|.
 			{option}, so that the global value will be used.
 
 							*:setg* *:setglobal*
-:setg[lobal] ...	Like ":set" but set only the global value for a local
+:setg[lobal][!] ...	Like ":set" but set only the global value for a local
 			option without changing the local value.
 			When displaying an option, the global value is shown.
 			With the "all" argument: display global values for all
@@ -496,10 +500,11 @@ to set options automatically for one or more files:
 
 					*modeline* *vim:* *vi:* *ex:* *E520*
 There are two forms of modelines.  The first form:
-	[text]{white}{vi:|vim:|ex:}[white]{options}
+	[text{white}]{vi:|vim:|ex:}[white]{options}
 
-[text]			any text or empty
-{white}			at least one blank character (<Space> or <Tab>)
+[text{white}]		empty or any text followed by at least one blank
+			character (<Space> or <Tab>); "ex:" always requires at
+			least one blank character
 {vi:|vim:|ex:}		the string "vi:", "vim:" or "ex:"
 [white]			optional white space
 {options}		a list of option settings, separated with white space
@@ -512,10 +517,11 @@ Examples:
 
 The second form (this is compatible with some versions of Vi):
 
-	[text]{white}{vi:|vim:|Vim:|ex:}[white]se[t] {options}:[text]
+	[text{white}]{vi:|vim:|Vim:|ex:}[white]se[t] {options}:[text]
 
-[text]			any text or empty
-{white}			at least one blank character (<Space> or <Tab>)
+[text{white}]		empty or any text followed by at least one blank
+			character (<Space> or <Tab>); "ex:" always requires at
+			least one blank character
 {vi:|vim:|Vim:|ex:}	the string "vi:", "vim:", "Vim:" or "ex:"
 [white]			optional white space
 se[t]			the string "set " or "se " (note the space); When
@@ -575,9 +581,9 @@ If an error is detected the rest of the line is skipped.
 
 If you want to include a ':' in a set command precede it with a '\'.  The
 backslash in front of the ':' will be removed.  Example:
-   /* vi:set dir=c\:\tmp: */ ~
-This sets the 'dir' option to "c:\tmp".  Only a single backslash before the
-':' is removed.  Thus to include "\:" you have to specify "\\:".
+   /* vi:set fillchars=stl\:^,vert\:\|: */ ~
+This sets the 'fillchars' option to "stl:^,vert:\|".  Only a single backslash
+before the ':' is removed.  Thus to include "\:" you have to specify "\\:".
 							*E992*
 No other commands than "set" are supported, for security reasons (somebody
 might create a Trojan horse text file with modelines).  And not all options
@@ -651,7 +657,7 @@ supported use something like this: >
 A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 					*'aleph'* *'al'* *aleph* *Aleph*
-'aleph' 'al'		number	(default 128 for MS-DOS, 224 otherwise)
+'aleph' 'al'		number	(default 128 for MS-Windows, 224 otherwise)
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with the |+rightleft|
 			feature}
@@ -708,9 +714,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	(or Vim is run inside an xterm invoked with "-cjkwidth" option.),
 	this option should be set to "double" to match the width perceived
 	by Vim with the width of glyphs in the font.  Perhaps it also has
-	to be set to "double" under CJK Windows 9x/ME or Windows 2k/XP
-	when the system locale is set to one of CJK locales.  See Unicode
-	Standard Annex #11 (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11).
+	to be set to "double" under CJK MS-Windows when the system locale is
+	set to one of CJK locales.  See Unicode Standard Annex #11
+	(http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11).
 
 	Vim may set this option automatically at startup time when Vim is
 	compiled with the |+termresponse| feature and if |t_u7| is set to the
@@ -856,7 +862,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:set background&
 <	Vim will guess the value.  In the GUI this should work correctly,
 	in other cases Vim might not be able to guess the right value.
-	If the GUI supports a dark them, you can use the "d" flag in
+	If the GUI supports a dark theme, you can use the "d" flag in
 	'guioptions', see 'go-d'.
 
 	When the |t_RB| option is set, Vim will use it to request the background
@@ -875,7 +881,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	putting a ":gui" command in the .gvimrc file, before where the value
 	of 'background' is used (e.g., before ":syntax on").
 
-	For MS-DOS, Windows and OS/2 the default is "dark".
+	For MS-Windows the default is "dark".
 	For other systems "dark" is used when 'term' is "linux",
 	"screen.linux", "cygwin" or "putty", or $COLORFGBG suggests a dark
 	background.  Otherwise the default is "light".
@@ -1006,7 +1012,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'backupdir'* *'bdir'*
 'backupdir' 'bdir'	string	(default for Amiga: ".,t:",
-				 for MS-DOS and Win32: ".,$TEMP,c:/tmp,c:/temp"
+				 for Win32: ".,$TEMP,c:/tmp,c:/temp"
 				 for Unix: ".,~/tmp,~/")
 			global
 	List of directories for the backup file, separated with commas.
@@ -1017,9 +1023,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  impossible!).  Writing may fail because of this.
 	- A directory "." means to put the backup file in the same directory
 	  as the edited file.
-	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-DOS et al.) means to
-	  put the backup file relative to where the edited file is.  The
-	  leading "." is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
+	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-Windows) means to put
+	  the backup file relative to where the edited file is.  The leading
+	  "." is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
 	  ("." inside a directory name has no special meaning).
 	- Spaces after the comma are ignored, other spaces are considered part
 	  of the directory name.  To have a space at the start of a directory
@@ -1195,7 +1201,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		    (mostly used in |Normal-mode| or |Cmdline-mode|).
 	esc	    hitting <Esc> in |Normal-mode|.
 	ex	    In |Visual-mode|, hitting |Q| results in an error.
-	hangul	    Error occurred when using hangul input.
+	hangul	    Ignored.
 	insertmode  Pressing <Esc> in 'insertmode'.
 	lang	    Calling the beep module for Lua/Mzscheme/TCL.
 	mess	    No output available for |g<|.
@@ -1769,7 +1775,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'esckeys'	& off		no <Esc>-keys in Insert mode
 	'expandtab'	+ off		tabs not expanded to spaces
 	'fileformats'	& ""		no automatic file format detection,
-			  "dos,unix"	except for DOS, Windows and OS/2
+			  "dos,unix"	except for MS-Windows
 	'formatexpr'	+ ""		use 'formatprg' for auto-formatting
 	'formatoptions'	& "vt"		Vi compatible formatting
 	'gdefault'	+ off		no default 'g' flag for ":s"
@@ -1877,13 +1883,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'completeslash'* *'csl'*
 'completeslash' 'csl'	string	(default: "")
 			local to buffer
-			{not in Vi}  {only for MS-Windows}
+			{only for MS-Windows}
 	When this option is set it overrules 'shellslash' for completion:
 	- When this option is set to "slash", a forward slash is used for path
 	  completion in insert mode. This is useful when editing HTML tag, or
-	  Makefile with 'noshellslash' on Windows.
+	  Makefile with 'noshellslash' on MS-Windows.
 	- When this option is set to "backslash", backslash is used. This is
-	  useful when editing a batch file with 'shellslash' set on Windows.
+	  useful when editing a batch file with 'shellslash' set on MS-Windows.
 	- When this option is empty, same character is used as for
 	  'shellslash'.
 	For Insert mode completion the buffer-local value is used.  For
@@ -1917,7 +1923,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		    completion in a popup window.  Only works in combination
 		    with "menu" or "menuone".  Overrides "preview".
 		    See |'completepopup'| for specifying properties.
-		    {only works when compiled with the +textprop feature}
+		    {only works when compiled with the |+textprop| feature}
+
+	   popuphidden
+		    Just like "popup" but initially hide the popup.  Use a
+		    |CompleteChanged| autocommand to fetch the info and call
+		    |popup_show()| once the popup has been filled.
+		    See the example at |complete-popuphidden|.
+		    {only works when compiled with the |+textprop| feature}
 
 	   noinsert Do not insert any text for a match until the user selects
 		    a match from the menu. Only works in combination with
@@ -2470,7 +2483,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'cursorlineopt'* *'culopt'*
 'cursorlineopt' 'culopt' string (default: "number,line")
 			local to window
-			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
 			feature}
 	Comma separated list of settings for how 'cursorline' is displayed.
@@ -2585,7 +2597,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	security reasons.
 
 						*'dip'* *'diffopt'*
-'diffopt' 'dip'		string	(default "internal,filler")
+'diffopt' 'dip'		string	(default "internal,filler,closeoff")
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+diff|
 			feature}
@@ -2644,6 +2656,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		vertical	Start diff mode with vertical splits (unless
 				explicitly specified otherwise).
 
+		closeoff	When a window is closed where 'diff' is set
+				and there is only one window remaining in the
+				same tab page with 'diff' set, execute
+				`:diffoff` in that window.  This undoes a
+				`:diffsplit` command.
+
 		hiddenoff	Do not use diff mode for a buffer when it
 				becomes hidden.
 
@@ -2687,21 +2705,21 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'directory'* *'dir'*
 'directory' 'dir'	string	(default for Amiga: ".,t:",
-				 for MS-DOS and Win32: ".,$TEMP,c:\tmp,c:\temp"
+				 for Win32: ".,$TEMP,c:\tmp,c:\temp"
 				 for Unix: ".,~/tmp,/var/tmp,/tmp")
 			global
 	List of directory names for the swap file, separated with commas.
 	- The swap file will be created in the first directory where this is
 	  possible.
 	- Empty means that no swap file will be used (recovery is
-	  impossible!).
+	  impossible!) and no |E303| error will be given.
 	- A directory "." means to put the swap file in the same directory as
 	  the edited file.  On Unix, a dot is prepended to the file name, so
 	  it doesn't show in a directory listing.  On MS-Windows the "hidden"
 	  attribute is set and a dot prepended if possible.
-	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-DOS et al.) means to
-	  put the swap file relative to where the edited file is.  The leading
-	  "." is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
+	- A directory starting with "./" (or ".\" for MS-Windows) means to put
+	  the swap file relative to where the edited file is.  The leading "."
+	  is replaced with the path name of the edited file.
 	- For Unix and Win32, if a directory ends in two path separators "//",
 	  the swap file name will be built from the complete path to the file
 	  with all path separators substituted to percent '%' signs. This will
@@ -2927,6 +2945,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	won't work by default.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
+	NOTE: when this option is off then the |modifyOtherKeys| functionality
+	is disabled while in Insert mode to avoid ending Insert mode with any
+	key that has a modifier.
 
 						*'eventignore'* *'ei'*
 'eventignore' 'ei'	string	(default "")
@@ -3570,17 +3591,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					r-cr:hor20-Cursor/lCursor,
 					sm:block-Cursor
 					-blinkwait175-blinkoff150-blinkon175",
-				for MS-DOS and Win32 console:
+				for Win32 console:
 					"n-v-c:block,o:hor50,i-ci:hor15,
 					r-cr:hor30,sm:block")
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled, and
-			for MS-DOS and Win32 console}
+			for Win32 console}
 	This option tells Vim what the cursor should look like in different
-	modes.  It fully works in the GUI.  In an MSDOS or Win32 console, only
-	the height of the cursor can be changed.  This can be done by
-	specifying a block cursor, or a percentage for a vertical or
-	horizontal cursor.
+	modes.  It fully works in the GUI.  In a Win32 console, only the
+	height of the cursor can be changed.  This can be done by specifying a
+	block cursor, or a percentage for a vertical or horizontal cursor.
 	For a console the 't_SI', 't_SR', and 't_EI' escape sequences are
 	used.
 
@@ -3857,7 +3877,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <
 
 						*'helpfile'* *'hf'*
-'helpfile' 'hf'		string	(default (MSDOS)  "$VIMRUNTIME\doc\help.txt"
+'helpfile' 'hf'		string	(default (MS-Windows) "$VIMRUNTIME\doc\help.txt"
 					 (others) "$VIMRUNTIME/doc/help.txt")
 			global
 	Name of the main help file.  All distributed help files should be
@@ -3917,6 +3937,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				     "8:SpecialKey,~:EndOfBuffer,@:NonText,
 				     d:Directory,e:ErrorMsg,i:IncSearch,
 				     l:Search,m:MoreMsg,M:ModeMsg,n:LineNr,
+				     a:LineNrAbove,b:LineNrBelow,
 				     N:CursorLineNr,r:Question,s:StatusLine,
 				     S:StatusLineNC,c:VertSplit,t:Title,
 				     v:Visual,V:VisualNOS,w:WarningMsg,
@@ -3948,6 +3969,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-ModeMsg|	 M  Mode (e.g., "-- INSERT --")
 	|hl-LineNr|	 n  line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and
 			    when 'number' or 'relativenumber' option is set.
+	|hl-LineNrAbove|   a  line number above the cursor for when the
+			    'relativenumber' option is set.
+	|hl-LineNrBelow|   b  line number below the cursor for when the
+			    'relativenumber' option is set.
 	|hl-CursorLineNr|  N like n for when 'cursorline' or 'relativenumber' is
 			    set.
 	|hl-Question|	 r  |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions
@@ -4421,7 +4446,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'isfname'* *'isf'*
-'isfname' 'isf'		string	(default for MS-DOS, Win32 and OS/2:
+'isfname' 'isf'		string	(default for Win32:
 			     "@,48-57,/,\,.,-,_,+,,,#,$,%,{,},[,],:,@-@,!,~,="
 			    for AMIGA: "@,48-57,/,.,-,_,+,,,$,:"
 			    for VMS: "@,48-57,/,.,-,_,+,,,#,$,%,<,>,[,],:,;,~"
@@ -4475,7 +4500,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
 
 						*'isident'* *'isi'*
-'isident' 'isi'		string	(default for MS-DOS, Win32 and OS/2:
+'isident' 'isi'		string	(default for Win32:
 					   "@,48-57,_,128-167,224-235"
 				otherwise: "@,48-57,_,192-255")
 			global
@@ -4489,7 +4514,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	expand "$HOME/.viminfo".  Maybe you should change 'iskeyword' instead.
 
 						*'iskeyword'* *'isk'*
-'iskeyword' 'isk'	string (Vim default for MS-DOS and Win32:
+'iskeyword' 'isk'	string (Vim default for Win32:
 					    "@,48-57,_,128-167,224-235"
 				   otherwise:  "@,48-57,_,192-255"
 				Vi default: "@,48-57,_")
@@ -4509,7 +4534,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
 						*'isprint'* *'isp'*
-'isprint' 'isp'	string	(default for MS-DOS, Win32, OS/2 and Macintosh:
+'isprint' 'isp'	string	(default for Win32 and Macintosh:
 				"@,~-255"; otherwise: "@,161-255")
 			global
 	The characters given by this option are displayed directly on the
@@ -5184,14 +5209,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
 						*'mouse'* *E538*
-'mouse'			string	(default "", "a" for GUI, MS-DOS and Win32,
-						 set to "a" in |defaults.vim|)
+'mouse'			string	(default "", "a" for GUI and Win32,
+					set to "a" or "nvi" in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
-	Enable the use of the mouse.  Only works for certain terminals
-	(xterm, MS-DOS, Win32 |win32-mouse|, QNX pterm, *BSD console with
-	sysmouse and Linux console with gpm).  For using the mouse in the
-	GUI, see |gui-mouse|.
-	The mouse can be enabled for different modes:
+	Enable the use of the mouse.  Works for most terminals (xterm, Win32
+	|win32-mouse|, QNX pterm, *BSD console with sysmouse and Linux console
+	with gpm).  For using the mouse in the GUI, see |gui-mouse|.  The
+	mouse can be enabled for different modes:
 		n	Normal mode and Terminal modes
 		v	Visual mode
 		i	Insert mode
@@ -5201,7 +5225,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		r	for |hit-enter| and |more-prompt| prompt
 	Normally you would enable the mouse in all five modes with: >
 		:set mouse=a
-<	When the mouse is not enabled, the GUI will still use the mouse for
+<	If your terminal can't overrule the mouse events going to the
+	application, use: >
+		:set mouse=nvi
+<	The you can press ":", select text for the system, and press Esc to go
+	back to Vim using the mouse events.
+	In |defaults.vim| "nvi" is used if the 'term' option is not matching
+	"xterm".
+
+	When the mouse is not enabled, the GUI will still use the mouse for
 	modeless selection.  This doesn't move the text cursor.
 
 	See |mouse-using|.  Also see |'clipboard'|.
@@ -5220,6 +5252,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	mouse pointer is moved to the window with keyboard focus.  Off is the
 	default because it makes using the pull down menus a little goofy, as
 	a pointer transit may activate a window unintentionally.
+	MS-Windows: Also see 'scrollfocus' for what window is scrolled when
+	using the mouse scroll wheel.
 
 			*'mousehide'* *'mh'* *'nomousehide'* *'nomh'*
 'mousehide' 'mh'	boolean	(default on)
@@ -5229,7 +5263,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The mouse pointer is restored when the mouse is moved.
 
 						*'mousemodel'* *'mousem'*
-'mousemodel' 'mousem'	string	(default "extend", "popup" for MS-DOS and Win32)
+'mousemodel' 'mousem'	string	(default "extend", "popup" for Win32)
 			global
 	Sets the model to use for the mouse.  The name mostly specifies what
 	the right mouse button is used for:
@@ -5332,7 +5366,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'mousetime'* *'mouset'*
 'mousetime' 'mouset'	number	(default 500)
 			global
-	Only for GUI, MS-DOS, Win32 and Unix with xterm.  Defines the maximum
+	Only for GUI, Win32 and Unix with xterm.  Defines the maximum
 	time in msec between two mouse clicks for the second click to be
 	recognized as a multi click.
 
@@ -5454,7 +5488,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			    *'opendevice'* *'odev'* *'noopendevice'* *'noodev'*
 'opendevice' 'odev'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
-			{only for MS-DOS, MS-Windows and OS/2}
+			{only for MS-Windows}
 	Enable reading and writing from devices.  This may get Vim stuck on a
 	device that can be opened but doesn't actually do the I/O.  Therefore
 	it is off by default.
@@ -5586,7 +5620,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 				*'path'* *'pa'* *E343* *E345* *E347* *E854*
 'path' 'pa'		string	(default on Unix: ".,/usr/include,,"
-				   on OS/2:	  ".,/emx/include,,"
 				   other systems: ".,,")
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 	This is a list of directories which will be searched when using the
@@ -6047,7 +6080,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			 *'restorescreen'* *'rs'* *'norestorescreen'* *'nors'*
 'restorescreen' 'rs'	boolean	(default on)
 			global
-			{only in Windows 95/NT console version}
+			{only in MS-Windows console version}
 	When set, the screen contents is restored when exiting Vim.  This also
 	happens when executing external commands.
 
@@ -6165,7 +6198,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
 						home:vimfiles/after"
-					PC, OS/2: "$HOME/vimfiles,
+					PC:    "$HOME/vimfiles,
 						$VIM/vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM/vimfiles/after,
@@ -6173,9 +6206,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					Macintosh: "$VIM:vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
 						$VIM:vimfiles:after"
-					RISC-OS: "Choices:vimfiles,
-						$VIMRUNTIME,
-						Choices:vimfiles/after"
 					VMS: "sys$login:vimfiles,
 						$VIM/vimfiles,
 						$VIMRUNTIME,
@@ -6191,6 +6221,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  compiler/	compiler files |:compiler|
 	  doc/		documentation |write-local-help|
 	  ftplugin/	filetype plugins |write-filetype-plugin|
+	  import/	files that are found by `:import`
 	  indent/	indent scripts |indent-expression|
 	  keymap/	key mapping files |mbyte-keymap|
 	  lang/		menu translations |:menutrans|
@@ -6264,6 +6295,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	file.  This means that ":split | edit file" results in two windows
 	with scroll-binding, but ":split file" does not.
 
+			*'scrollfocus'* *'scf'* *'noscrollfocus'* *'noscf'*
+'scrollfocus' 'scf'	boolean  (default off)
+			global
+			{only for MS-Windows GUI}
+	When using the scroll wheel and this option is set, the window under
+	the mouse pointer is scrolled.  With this option off the current
+	window is scrolled.
+	Systems other than MS-Windows always behave like this option is on.
+
 						*'scrolljump'* *'sj'*
 'scrolljump' 'sj'	number	(default 1)
 			global
@@ -6424,9 +6464,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	but the Windows version of Vim can source unix format scripts.
 
 						*'shell'* *'sh'* *E91*
-'shell' 'sh'		string	(default $SHELL or "sh",
-					MS-DOS and Win32: "command.com" or
-					"cmd.exe", OS/2: "cmd")
+'shell' 'sh'		string	(default $SHELL or "sh", Win32: "cmd.exe")
 			global
 	Name of the shell to use for ! and :! commands.  When changing the
 	value also check these options: 'shelltype', 'shellpipe', 'shellslash'
@@ -6435,8 +6473,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
 	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
 
-	If the name of the shell contains a space, you might need to enclose
-	it in quotes or escape the space.  Example with quotes: >
+	If the name of the shell contains a space, you need to enclose it in
+	quotes and escape the space.  Example with quotes: >
 		:set shell=\"c:\program\ files\unix\sh.exe\"\ -f
 <	Note the backslash before each quote (to avoid starting a comment) and
 	each space (to avoid ending the option value).  Also note that the
@@ -6461,22 +6499,23 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'shellcmdflag'* *'shcf'*
 'shellcmdflag' 'shcf'	string	(default: "-c";
-				 MS-DOS and Win32, when 'shell' does not
-				 contain "sh" somewhere: "/c")
+				 Win32, when 'shell' does not contain "sh"
+				 somewhere: "/c")
 			global
 	Flag passed to the shell to execute "!" and ":!" commands; e.g.,
-	"bash.exe -c ls" or "command.com /c dir".  For the MS-DOS-like
-	systems, the default is set according to the value of 'shell', to
-	reduce the need to set this option by the user.
+	"bash.exe -c ls" or "cmd.exe /c dir".  For MS-Windows, the default is
+	set according to the value of 'shell', to reduce the need to set this
+	option by the user.
 	On Unix it can have more than one flag.  Each white space separated
 	part is passed as an argument to the shell command.
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
-	Also see |dos-shell| for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
+	Also see |dos-shell| for MS-Windows.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
 						*'shellpipe'* *'sp'*
-'shellpipe' 'sp'	string	(default ">", "| tee", "|& tee" or "2>&1| tee")
+'shellpipe' 'sp'	string	(default ">", ">%s 2>&1", "| tee", "|& tee" or
+				 "2>&1| tee")
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+quickfix|
 			feature}
@@ -6486,15 +6525,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The name of the temporary file can be represented by "%s" if necessary
 	(the file name is appended automatically if no %s appears in the value
 	of this option).
-	For the Amiga and MS-DOS the default is ">".  The output is directly
-	saved in a file and not echoed to the screen.
+	For the Amiga the default is ">".  For MS-Windows the default is
+	">%s 2>&1".  The output is directly saved in a file and not echoed to
+	the screen.
 	For Unix the default it "| tee".  The stdout of the compiler is saved
 	in a file and echoed to the screen.  If the 'shell' option is "csh" or
 	"tcsh" after initializations, the default becomes "|& tee".  If the
-	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh" or "bash" the
-	default becomes "2>&1| tee".  This means that stderr is also included.
-	Before using the 'shell' option a path is removed, thus "/bin/sh" uses
-	"sh".
+	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh", "zsh-beta",
+	"bash" or "fish" the default becomes "2>&1| tee".  This means that
+	stderr is also included.  Before using the 'shell' option a path is
+	removed, thus "/bin/sh" uses "sh".
 	The initialization of this option is done after reading the ".vimrc"
 	and the other initializations, so that when the 'shell' option is set
 	there, the 'shellpipe' option changes automatically, unless it was
@@ -6510,7 +6550,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	security reasons.
 
 						*'shellquote'* *'shq'*
-'shellquote' 'shq'	string	(default: ""; MS-DOS and Win32, when 'shell'
+'shellquote' 'shq'	string	(default: ""; Win32, when 'shell'
 					contains "sh" somewhere: "\"")
 			global
 	Quoting character(s), put around the command passed to the shell, for
@@ -6518,10 +6558,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	quoting.  See 'shellxquote' to include the redirection.  It's
 	probably not useful to set both options.
 	This is an empty string by default.  Only known to be useful for
-	third-party shells on MS-DOS-like systems, such as the MKS Korn Shell
-	or bash, where it should be "\"".  The default is adjusted according
-	the value of 'shell', to reduce the need to set this option by the
-	user.  See |dos-shell|.
+	third-party shells on MS-Windows-like systems, such as the MKS Korn
+	Shell or bash, where it should be "\"".  The default is adjusted
+	according the value of 'shell', to reduce the need to set this option
+	by the user.  See |dos-shell|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -6534,13 +6574,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The name of the temporary file can be represented by "%s" if necessary
 	(the file name is appended automatically if no %s appears in the value
 	of this option).
-	The default is ">".  For Unix, if the 'shell' option is "csh", "tcsh"
-	or "zsh" during initializations, the default becomes ">&".  If the
-	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh" or "bash" the default becomes
-	">%s 2>&1".  This means that stderr is also included.
-	For Win32, the Unix checks are done and additionally "cmd" is checked
-	for, which makes the default ">%s 2>&1".  Also, the same names with
-	".exe" appended are checked for.
+	The default is ">".  For Unix, if the 'shell' option is "csh" or
+	"tcsh" during initializations, the default becomes ">&".  If the
+	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh", "zsh-beta",
+	"bash" or "fish", the default becomes ">%s 2>&1".  This means that
+	stderr is also included.  For Win32, the Unix checks are done and
+	additionally "cmd" is checked for, which makes the default ">%s 2>&1".
+	Also, the same names with ".exe" appended are checked for.
 	The initialization of this option is done after reading the ".vimrc"
 	and the other initializations, so that when the 'shell' option is set
 	there, the 'shellredir' option changes automatically unless it was
@@ -6553,11 +6593,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			*'shellslash'* *'ssl'* *'noshellslash'* *'nossl'*
 'shellslash' 'ssl'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
-			{only for MSDOS, MS-Windows and OS/2}
+			{only for MS-Windows}
 	When set, a forward slash is used when expanding file names.  This is
-	useful when a Unix-like shell is used instead of command.com or
-	cmd.exe.  Backward slashes can still be typed, but they are changed to
-	forward slashes by Vim.
+	useful when a Unix-like shell is used instead of cmd.exe.  Backward
+	slashes can still be typed, but they are changed to forward slashes by
+	Vim.
 	Note that setting or resetting this option has no effect for some
 	existing file names, thus this option needs to be set before opening
 	any file for best results.  This might change in the future.
@@ -6602,7 +6642,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'shellxescape'* *'sxe'*
 'shellxescape' 'sxe'	string	(default: "";
-				 for MS-DOS and MS-Windows: "\"&|<>()@^")
+				 for MS-Windows: "\"&|<>()@^")
 			global
 	When 'shellxquote' is set to "(" then the characters listed in this
 	option will be escaped with a '^' character.  This makes it possible
@@ -6712,15 +6752,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Filenames are assumed to be 8 characters plus one extension of 3
 	characters.  Multiple dots in file names are not allowed.  When this
 	option is on, dots in file names are replaced with underscores when
-	adding an extension (".~" or ".swp").  This option is not available
-	for MS-DOS, because then it would always be on.  This option is useful
+	adding an extension (".~" or ".swp").  This option is useful
 	when editing files on an MS-DOS compatible filesystem, e.g., messydos
-	or crossdos.  When running the Win32 GUI version under Win32s, this
-	option is always on by default.
+	or crossdos.
 
 						*'showbreak'* *'sbr'* *E595*
 'showbreak' 'sbr'	string	(default "")
-			global
+			global or local to window |global-local|
 			{not available when compiled without the |+linebreak|
 			feature}
 	String to put at the start of lines that have been wrapped.  Useful
@@ -6737,7 +6775,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Note that tabs after the showbreak will be displayed differently.
 	If you want the 'showbreak' to appear in between line numbers, add the
 	"n" flag to 'cpoptions'.
-
+	A window-local value overrules a global value.  If the global value is
+	set and you want no value in the current window use NONE: >
+		:setlocal showbreak=NONE
+<
 				     *'showcmd'* *'sc'* *'noshowcmd'* *'nosc'*
 'showcmd' 'sc'		boolean	(Vim default: on, off for Unix,
 				       Vi default: off, set in |defaults.vim|)
@@ -7213,7 +7254,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	{ NF  Evaluate expression between '%{' and '}' and substitute result.
 	      Note that there is no '%' before the closing '}'.  The
 	      expression cannot contain a '}' character, call a function to
-	      work around that.
+	      work around that.  See |stl-%{| below.
 	( -   Start of item group.  Can be used for setting the width and
 	      alignment of a section.  Must be followed by %) somewhere.
 	) -   End of item group.  No width fields allowed.
@@ -7247,13 +7288,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:set statusline=...%(\ [%M%R%H]%)...
 <	Beware that an expression is evaluated each and every time the status
 	line is displayed.
-					*g:actual_curbuf* *g:actual_curwin*
-	The current buffer and current window will be set temporarily to that
-	of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is currently being drawn.
-	The expression will evaluate in this context.  The variable
-	"g:actual_curbuf" is set to the `bufnr()` number of the real current
-	buffer and "g:actual_curwin" to the |window-ID| of the real current
-	window.  These values are strings.
+				*stl-%{* *g:actual_curbuf* *g:actual_curwin*
+	While evaluating %{} the current buffer and current window will be set
+	temporarily to that of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is
+	currently being drawn.  The expression will evaluate in this context.
+	The variable "g:actual_curbuf" is set to the `bufnr()` number of the
+	real current buffer and "g:actual_curwin" to the |window-ID| of the
+	real current window.  These values are strings.
 
 	The 'statusline' option will be evaluated in the |sandbox| if set from
 	a modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
@@ -7375,6 +7416,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   vsplit	Just like "split" but split vertically.
 	   newtab	Like "split", but open a new tab page.  Overrules
 			"split" when both are present.
+	   uselast	If included, jump to the previously used window when
+			jumping to errors with |quickfix| commands.
 
 						*'synmaxcol'* *'smc'*
 'synmaxcol' 'smc'	number	(default 3000)
@@ -7623,8 +7666,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					 on BeOS: "beos-ansi"
 					  on Mac: "mac-ansi"
 					 on MiNT: "vt52"
-				       on MS-DOS: "pcterm"
-					 on OS/2: "os2ansi"
 					 on Unix: "ansi"
 					  on VMS: "ansi"
 				       on Win 32: "win32")
@@ -7660,7 +7701,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the GUI it only applies to the keyboard ('encoding' is used for the
 	display).  Except for the Mac when 'macatsui' is off, then
 	'termencoding' should be "macroman".
-								*E617*
+								*E617* *E950*
 	Note: This does not apply to the GTK+ GUI.  After the GUI has been
 	successfully initialized, 'termencoding' is forcibly set to "utf-8".
 	Any attempts to set a different value will be rejected, and an error
@@ -7783,7 +7824,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
 				   *'textmode'* *'tx'* *'notextmode'* *'notx'*
-'textmode' 'tx'		boolean	(MS-DOS, Win32 and OS/2: default on,
+'textmode' 'tx'		boolean	(Win32: default on,
 				 others: default off)
 			local to buffer
 	This option is obsolete.  Use 'fileformat'.
@@ -8171,8 +8212,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'undolevels'* *'ul'*
-'undolevels' 'ul'	number	(default 100, 1000 for Unix, VMS,
-						Win32 and OS/2)
+'undolevels' 'ul'	number	(default 100, 1000 for Unix, VMS and Win32)
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 	Maximum number of changes that can be undone.  Since undo information
 	is kept in memory, higher numbers will cause more memory to be used.
@@ -8299,12 +8339,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	displayed when 'verbosefile' is set.
 
 						*'viewdir'* *'vdir'*
-'viewdir' 'vdir'	string	(default for Amiga, MS-DOS, OS/2 and Win32:
+'viewdir' 'vdir'	string	(default for Amiga and Win32:
 							 "$VIM/vimfiles/view",
 				 for Unix: "~/.vim/view",
 				 for Macintosh: "$VIM:vimfiles:view"
-				 for VMS: "sys$login:vimfiles/view"
-				 for RiscOS: "Choices:vimfiles/view")
+				 for VMS: "sys$login:vimfiles/view")
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+mksession|
 			feature}
@@ -8329,16 +8368,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   slash	backslashes in file names replaced with forward
 			slashes
 	   unix		with Unix end-of-line format (single <NL>), even when
-			on Windows or DOS
+			on MS-Windows
 	   curdir	the window-local directory, if set with `:lcd`
 
-	"slash" and "unix" are useful on Windows when sharing view files
+	"slash" and "unix" are useful on MS-Windows when sharing view files
 	with Unix.  The Unix version of Vim cannot source dos format scripts,
-	but the Windows version of Vim can source unix format scripts.
+	but the MS-Windows version of Vim can source unix format scripts.
 
 				*'viminfo'* *'vi'* *E526* *E527* *E528*
-'viminfo' 'vi'		string	(Vi default: "", Vim default for MS-DOS,
-				   Windows and OS/2: '100,<50,s10,h,rA:,rB:,
+'viminfo' 'vi'		string	(Vi default: "", Vim default for
+				   MS-Windows: '100,<50,s10,h,rA:,rB:,
 				   for Amiga: '100,<50,s10,h,rdf0:,rdf1:,rdf2:
 				   for others: '100,<50,s10,h)
 			global
@@ -8420,7 +8459,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	r	Removable media.  The argument is a string (up to the next
 		',').  This parameter can be given several times.  Each
 		specifies the start of a path for which no marks will be
-		stored.  This is to avoid removable media.  For MS-DOS you
+		stored.  This is to avoid removable media.  For MS-Windows you
 		could use "ra:,rb:", for Amiga "rdf0:,rdf1:,rdf2:".  You can
 		also use it for temp files, e.g., for Unix: "r/tmp".  Case is
 		ignored.  Maximum length of each 'r' argument is 50
@@ -8682,6 +8721,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			complete first match.
 	"list:longest"	When more than one match, list all matches and
 			complete till longest common string.
+	"list:lastused" When more than one buffer matches, sort buffers
+			by time last used (other than the current buffer).
 	When there is only a single match, it is fully completed in all cases.
 
 	Examples: >
@@ -8905,6 +8946,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	fail (and make sure not to exit Vim until the write was successful).
 	See |backup-table| for another explanation.
 	When the 'backupskip' pattern matches, a backup is not made anyway.
+	Depending on 'backupcopy' the backup is a new file or the original
+	file renamed (and a new file is written).
 	NOTE: This option is set to the default value when 'compatible' is
 	set.
 
@@ -8913,6 +8956,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 	The number of milliseconds to wait for each character sent to the
 	screen.  When non-zero, characters are sent to the terminal one by
-	one.  For MS-DOS pcterm this does not work.  For debugging purposes.
+	one.  For debugging purposes.
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/os_390.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_390.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2016 Feb 27
+*os_390.txt*    For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Ralf Schandl
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ There is no solution for this yet.
 
 - No glib/gtk support.  I have not been able to successfully compile glib on
   z/OS UNIX.  This means you'll have to live without the pretty gtk toolbar.
- 
+
 Disabled at compile time:
     - Multibyte support         (|multibyte|)
     - Right-to-left mode        (|rileft|)

runtime/doc/os_amiga.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_amiga.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2010 Aug 14
+*os_amiga.txt*  For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2010 Aug 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/os_beos.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_beos.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2016 Mar 28
+*os_beos.txt*	For Vim version 8.2.  Last change: 2016 Mar 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar